Search results
(81 - 100 of 116)
Pages
- Title
- Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1987
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
-
-
J u g s burg College
- -
7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. POSTAGE
Minneapolis,
Permit No. 2031
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the
...
Show more - - J u g s burg College - - 7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H An Official Publication of Augsburg College Non-Profit Org. U.S. POSTAGE Minneapolis, Permit No. 2031 Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1800 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1-June 26, Term I1 runs from June 29-August 7. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Term1 Term11 (- \ Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 22 April 22 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due June 1 June 29 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (noregistrations will be accepted after this date) June 3 July 1 Holiday None July 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 15 July 20 Classes End June 26 August 7 Grades Due in Registrar's Office July 1 August 12 Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, /--7rimarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. 4.,burses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves t h e Right t o Cancel Listed Courses. Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School office. Write or call: I AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1026 Pat Parker, Director Kay Thomsen, Secretary P e r s o n s in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other P e m o n s wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibili~ \ under special circumstatlcea. k .<) Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a re$ular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for Lhe Office of Admission. admission throi~gl~ Augsburg College admitn studenls of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to ail rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at [heschool, It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or ndministl-ation of its educational policies, admissions policies, acholarslrip and loan programs and athletic and other school-administe~~ed programs. Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (33Ck1046). Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on June 1. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 29. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on June 1 and June 29. )xilance owing for tuition must be paid before i'~*istrationis confirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. ' A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 2 and 3. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 30 and July 1. Registrations will not b e accepted ajter these dates. To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on July 1 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." The tuition charge for Summer School is $375.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit)is $188.00 for each course. Laboratory/ special fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 22 will result in a savings of $30.00 for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $345.00 per course applies only to those courses for which the student preregisters on April 22. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00 per course is required at this time and is applied to designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term I1 courses on April 22, tuition discount applies to both terms. After April 22, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. 3SW from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue),turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below.) 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Refund Term I Term I1 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% June 1 June 2 June 3 June 4 June 5 June 29 June 30 July 1 July 2 July 3 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 36W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (moveright lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. , 'I STUDENT TEACHING: SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDS 4 8 1 , - 8 0 8 1 / 4 8 2 - 8 0 8 2 483-8083/484-8084 - - - Secondary Osnes/Staff - 1 - F~ REI LA C NN GYB~ES --SPA 111-8044 BEGINNING SPANISH I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, ", sneaking. n ". readini. ". and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 . - -. ---- - - - HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION - -- v - - - -B o l l m a n A R T 107-8001DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subfects include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes. 1:oo-4:oop.m. M,T,W , T ~ on- , - . HPE 3 2 0 - 8 0 4 1 SCHOOL HEALTH C U R R ~ C U L U ~ ~orsGd Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (May continue through Term 11) Arranged I A R T 223-8002 PRINT MAKING I & 11 Bollm,.. 368-8003 Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00p.m. M,T,W,Th OM17 A R T 242-8008 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rueten Students will produce 16mm black & white sound motion pictures using professional equipment and techniques. Script, photography, sound, editing and synchronizing. Dist.: Yes. Lab. fee of $95.00 for film stock, processing, supplies and equipment. T,W,Th OM4 6:OO-9:00p.m. 9:OO-12:00 noon Sat. -- - - BIO 1 0 3 - 8 0 0 9 HUMAN ANATOMY A N D PHYSIOLOGY Mickelberg Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. S205 12:OO-3:00p.m. Lect. M,W,Th,F T 12:OO-3:00p.m. Lab. PE 4 1 0 - 8 0 4 0 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVISION Borstad O F SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: HPE 3 2 0 5:30-8:30 p.m. M,T,W,Th L4 HISTORY - - HIS 239-8042 EASTERN EUROPE IN S. A n d e r s o n 339-8043 T H E 20th CENTURY Examines the nationality problem in Austria, Russia and Germany, and the creation of new "national states" after the war. World War I1 Nazi occupation to postwar Soviet domination, the start of the Cold War over East Europe, and more recent crises. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division credit. M,T,W,Th M24 5:OO-8:00 p.m. DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) -. INTERDISCIPLINHRY - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - -- Gustafson HIS 299-/499- INS 3 9 9 - 8 0 4 6 - - Arranged -- , - - INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged - BUS 1 7 6 - 8 0 1 6 COMPUTERS FOR Schield ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: High school algebra. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th S112 BUS 2 2 1 - 8 0 1 4 PRINCIPLES O F ACCOUNTING 1 K~:J Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of counting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 BUS 2 4 2 - 8 0 1 3 PRINCIPLES O F MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist . Nn 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W M23 MUS 1 5 5 - 8 0 4 6 -- PIANO CLASS METHODS - - Nortwen (GROUP PIANO) Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills. 'st.: No. (1/4 course). J Arranged -1 - ~OLITTAL SCIENCE - -- - -. a 0 6 0 WORLD POLITICS Goldman Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, with focus on recent problems. Dist.: Yes. 8: 0.50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M5 I QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR Morgan ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, p.robability, sampling distributions, inference, and estimation with e m p h a s ~ son their use in applied problems in business and economics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Math placement 111o r a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104. 12:OO-3:00p.m. MtT,W,TYI M23 399-8066 BUS 279-8016 BUS 399-8019 INTERNSHIPS Ka Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Admi-, tration & Econimics. 44 Arranged --- -- PSYCHOLOGY_ - - - INTRODUCTION TO THE Hirdman WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methdology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY ;&5 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. .do-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M22 - r ECONOMICS ECO 110-8028 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrmurban environment. By independent study. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macreeconomics; national income analvsis, " . monetarv and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M4 EDUCATION - EDE 255-8037 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION Osnes EDS 265-8038 IN AN URBAN SEITING Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: sophomore standing o r above. Arranged EDE 375-8036 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD Endorf OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. Arranged EDE 363-8039 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE McNeff Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experienr video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course) I ) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Arranged - - - S.-T U D E N T TEACHING -The Department of Education offers student teaching for both elementary and secondary education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made. STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Additional $35:00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDE 481-8071/482-8072 483-8073/484-8074 - PSY 121-8060 Kindergarten a n d Elementary Osnes/Staff EDE 481-8061/482-8062 483-8063/484-8064 Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Osnes/Staff BDE 481-8066/482-8067 483-8068/484-8069 Kindergarten Osnes/Staff RBL 369-8070 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of selected novels, poems, etc. Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: REL 111o r 221 o r permission of instructor. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M23 ~ A W O RLK - SWK 410-8085 FAMILY VIOLENCE M. Brown Overview of the phenomena of domestic violence including contributing factors, consequences for the family and the broader society, and policies and programs which address the issue. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: One course in psychology, sociology of family o r instructor's permission. 2:OO-590p.m. M,T,W,Th OM4 SWK 399-8082 INTERNSHIPS (May continue through Term 11) M. Brown Arranged - - SOCIOLOGY --. - SOC 121-8075 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY B. Sociolo$y a s a mode of analysis o r way of knowing. Its applications to a n understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M4 JX 3C 2 3 1-8076 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY B. J o h n s o n examination of the family as,a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M22 r SOC 265-8077 RACIAL AND MINORITY Gerasimo GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. (P/N grading only). 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th L1 SOC 199-8078/399-8080 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged SPEECH, COMMUNICA'I'ION ANU T H E A ~ RARTS SPC 111-8079 BEGINNING SPEECH Lapakko Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No. 1:OO-4:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 115-9047 HEALTLNE H CHEMICAL ors st ad DEPENDENCY EDUCATION An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets M N teacher licensure requirement). (1/2 course) 5:30-9:00p.m. M, w M5 (June 29-July 15) HISTORY HIS 250/9051 INTRODUCTION TO Brueee MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY Introduction to the main themes; political, social, cultural and economic, which have characterized the evolution of modern Russia, Tsarist and Soviet. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division credit. G:00-9:30p.m. T,Th M23 350/9053 - ART ART 107-9001 DRAWING 8. Olson A s a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00 N. M,W,Th - - - ART 118-9004/355-9005 PAINTING I & 11 B.OI-dn Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00 N. M, W,Th OM17 ART 132-9006 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-9007 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. 1:30-5:00p.m. M, W Seclion I OM4 M,W Section I1 330-9:00 p.m. HIS 299-499 DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Gustafson Arranged - - Y ~ ~ s C ~ P L I N A- R INS 399-9054 INTERNSHIPS PHILOSOPHY - PHI 380-9055 - Hesser Arranged - ETHICS OF MEDICINE C. J o h n s o n AND HEALTH CARE Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes. 330-9.90 p.m. M, W M24 -- ; 1310 203-9010 PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION Mickelberg Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1l:40-1:25p.m. M,T,W,Th S205 -- B U S I m 3 AUMINIY'I'H - -- - -- + BUS 175-9015 COMPUTERS FOR Herzog ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: High school algebra. 1:30-3.35p.m. M,T,W,Th S112 PHY 101-9060 - ASTRONOMY Hollabaugh Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Elementary algebra. G:00-9:30p.m. M, W MZ2 POLITICAL S C ~ E N C E POL 365-9065 TOPICS: NUCLEAR WAR. NUCLEAR WEAPONS Il~r! History, politics, economics, strateglna and ecolagiea ~tir~utldlog technologies propelling the a r m s ractt, an the one hand, and affecting a r m s control, on the other. Explorotfon of thapolltba mderratc,qy of nuclear security issues. Dist.: (Consent of depwtmsnr ~ ~ ~ ~ P ~ F M J I I G:00-9:30p.m. T,Th M24 POL 199-9066 INTERNSHIPS ,' BUS 222-9016 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 So; . Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic co"cepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221. 10:05-11:30a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M4 BUS 252-90 17 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Cerrito Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, p r o m n t i n n m - r l r ~ t i n dn h n n n o l 3 n A nrir4n.r A a n i r i n n r nint . hln Hedblom 399-9067 Arranged )LOGY PSY 2--/SO70 I - PSYCHOLOGY AND HMman CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Chemical dependency; its psychological effects on the individual, t h e family, and the community. Attention given to development of chemical dependency and available treatment and rehabilitation. Students will explore their own values and attitudes related to the topic. Dist.: No. lThis ourse does not meet MN teacher licensure requirement). - - i -BUS 322-9018 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Th M4 BUS 399-9019 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Adtration and Economics. - e - -- - ECO 110-9030 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES S~G Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theorv of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. ~ i ~ l i c a t i oofn e ~ e m k n t a reco~ nomic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, w M5 ECO 315-9032 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: ECO 112,113. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, W - EDE 363-9035 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE McNeff Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experiences: video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ENG 282-9040 TOPICS: AMERICAN PARABLES: Garrison CHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AMERICAN FICTION Reading of selected works of fiction; examination of their relationship to Christianity - its myths, themes, metaphors, use a s a tool for understanding history, and its own instructive, "parabolic" stories. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th M5 FOREIGN LANGUAGES SPA 112-9046 BEGINNING SPANISH 11 " Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary lntroduction to culture of Spanish. Spanish. . speaking world. Dist.: Yes. - 8:30-9:55a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M22 SPA 21 1-9046 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I Kingsley Conversation; grammar review. Reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, W -- - M23 AEL 486-9078 I I I~ I PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION Beneon AND THEOLOGY Study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th M5 SOC 366-9080 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. - - -- 1:30-5:00p.m. SOC 199-9081/399-9082 INTERNSHIPS H m r Arranged M4 McNeff OF TEACHING READING EDS 351-9034 Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T, W,Th L1 (July 20-August 6) 11:40-125 p.m. M,T, W,Th,F n 3 0 - 9 : 5 5 a.m. - EDUCATION - RELIGION -REL 3--/SO76 RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN Beneon A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with "religion," including the "popular" religious traditions of China; Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism and Japanese Shintoism. Interrelation of religion and culture. Dist.: Yes. M23 - SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Abrame SPC 355A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, w OM1 1 SPC 367-9086 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. T,Th 2815 41st Avenue South, 6:OO-9:30p.m. Mpls., MN 55406 pel.: 721-2565) -r 1
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1986-1987
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
-
Mind
Working
for the
Designed
Ila
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg
Weekend
College
Bulletin
1986-1987
fall
winter
spring
AUGSBURG
WEEKEND COLLEGE 1986-1_987C_ALEmAR
---*
-
-
- -
FALL TRIMESTER 1986
August 18 -
---
September 6
-
Sentember 12-
-Application Deadline
...
Show more - Mind Working for the Designed Ila AUGSBURG COLLEGE WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg Weekend College Bulletin 1986-1987 fall winter spring AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE 1986-1_987C_ALEmAR ---* - - - - FALL TRIMESTER 1986 August 18 - --- September 6 - Sentember 12- -Application Deadline Orientation and Registration '8 - October 10-1 2, 24-26 - - - - - -- - - - - - November 7-9, 21 -23 - December 5-7 - - - December 12-14 Finals WINTER TRIMESTER 1987 December 8 Application Deadline December 30 New Student Orientation - - January 3 Registration January 2-4, 16-18, 30-February 1 - -- - - February 13-15, 27-March 1 -- March 13-15, 27-29 - Anril 3-5 Finalc - SPRING TRIMESTER 1 9 8 L March 9 April9 April 11 - r A ~ r i 10-12. l 24-26 May 8-10, 15-17. June 26-28 -- - Application Deadline -- New Student Orientation Registration - - - - 29 3 -1F i n a l AUGSBUAG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) IS publislied four tlnies a year In Spri~ig.Summer, Fall and W~nterby Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, M~n~ieapolis MN 55454 Second class postage rates pald at M~nneapolis,Minnesota s INFORMATION SESSIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year . These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1 782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: 1986-87 Calendar ................................................ 1 For Fall Trimester. 1986 Saturday. May 17 Saturday. June 7 Saturday. June 21 Saturday. July 12 Tuesday. July 29 Saturday. August 9 For Winter Trimester. 1987 Saturday. October 11 Saturday. November 8 Saturday. December 6 For Spring Trimester. 1987 Saturday. January 17 Saturday. February 14 Tuesday. March 10 For more information write or call Information Sessions ............................................. 2 ............................ 4 Characteristics of the Educational Program ............................ 5 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College . . ............................................. 6 Business Administration ........................................ 7 rn Communication ............................................... 9 Management Information Systems (MIS) ........................... 11 Social Work ................................................ 12 Degrees and Majors rn Minors ..................................................... 13 ................................................... 13 Probation and Dismissal ......................................... 13 DeansList ........................................ 14 Veterans of Military Service ...................................... 14 Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) ...................... 15 Fees and Payment Schedule ...................................... 16 Refund Schedule ............................................... 16 Special Grading Procedures ....................................... 16 Withdrawal From College ........................................ 16 Student Support Services ................................................. 17 Admissions Procedure ........................................... 18 About Augsburg College ......................................... 19 Campus Map .................................................. 20 Campus Location ...............................................22 Financial Aid Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis. MN 55454 This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students . Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. INTRODUCTION TO AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM PURPOSE Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. I t is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. EDUCATIONAL MISSION For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. THE ADULT AS STUDENT The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. ALTERNATE WEEKENDS To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. COMMUNITY OF LEARNERS Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). FACULTY Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the pre-major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. LIBRARY Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. INTERNSHIPS Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. DEGREES AND MAJORS Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. I t also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) BACHELOR'S DEGREE The bachelor's degree. program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): One approved course from each of seven areas: Art - Music History - Philosophy Economics - Political Science English - Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology - Sociology Chemistry - Biology Mathematics - Physics A course in writing (English 11 1) or demonstrated proficiency Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language rhree courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports MAJORS Augsburg Weekend College students may select from four separate majors, each with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. CORE COURSES All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 222 Principles of Managerial Accounting BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 252 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Macroeconomics BUS 331 Fundamentals of Finance BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 31 1 Public Finance or 31 2 lntermediate Macroeconomics or 31 5 Money and Banking ECO 31 3 lntermediate Microeconomics ACCOUNTING CONCENTRATION Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 lntermediate Accounting I BUS 323 lntermediate Accounting II BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting. BUS 326 Tax Accounting or 423 Auditing or 425 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326, 423 and 425 sequence. I FINANCE CONCENTRATION Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Intermediate Accounting I BUS 433 Financial Management: Theory and Cases BUS 438 Investments and Financial Institutions ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making or 41 5 Managerial Economics or 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting BUS 399 lnternship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Personnel Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 lnternship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 111 Beginning Speech SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications MARKETING CONCENTRATION Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 450 Marketing Management ECO 41 5 Managerial Economics SPC 353 Advertising (continued on next page) Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 lnternship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion BUSINESS MINOR BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 252 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 331 Fundamentals of Finance ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with department chairperson. COMMUNICATION Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. REQUIRED COMMUNICATIONS CORE ENG 223, 225, 226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 lnterpersonal Communication SPC 399 lnternship Required supporting courses: PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 113 Public Speaking COMMUNICATION ELECTIVES With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: PUBLIC RELATIONS AND ADVERTISING Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are required to take ENG 227 (Journalism) in addition to the advanced writing course required in the Communications core. BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 252 Introduction to Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ENG 226 Creative Writing ENG 227 Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPCIART 132 Photography SPCIART 225, 230 Visual Communications I , II SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotionaI Communications HUMAN RELATIONS PSY 373 Organizational Psychology PSY 485 Counseling Psychology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 301 Complex Organizations SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 353 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications SUPERVISORY MANAGEMENT BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 340 Personnel Administration BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC 353 Advertising SPC 355 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications COMMUNICATION MINOR Five courses approved by the department. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MIS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS MAJOR BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 222 Principles of Managerial Accounting BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 252 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 331 Fundamentals of Finance ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics' ECO 31 3 lntermediate Microeconomics CSCIMAT 174 Math Algorithms for Computer Science CSC 240 Elementary Computer Science CSC 352 Data Bases BUS 375 lnformation Systems in the Organization BUS 475 lnformation Systems Analysis BUS 476 Structured Systems Analysis and Design BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods ECO 31 0 Managerial Decision Making Students in this major should seriously consider one or both of the following courses: BUS 399 Internship CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics MIS MINOR BUS 221 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management or 252 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 375 lnformation Systems in the Organization BUS 475 lnformation Systems Analysis ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics CSCIMAT 174 Math Algorithms for Computer Science SOCIAL WORK Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education in its day school program and a candidate for accreditation in its Weekend College program, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology, I~iology,and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. SOCIAL WORK COURSES* SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work I SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work ll SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development SWK 466 Field Work 111 ('12 course) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional SWK 469 Field Work IV Required supporting courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations "Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. SOCIAL WORK MINOR 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465 I 5E 9= .a 0% -Q 89 9 m3 8"- ;i'g :j% "Be 2 -p~ a crr g! -0 a aJ 8 3 .E ~ e a ai '- 2 fa! I?$.- m â¬5 8 m5 :8 3 .g p.5 35 a I %= 2 G .2 s ,$ E Igg5 g88 +r- 3 .g z- 2 ' 'C* 1as a%a .g i ' g I E P ~ igf sgb' a crr 0 , MINORS In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, MIS and Social Work (listed under each respective major), Weekend College students are able to complete minors in the following areas: ENGLISH MINOR 5 courses above 11 1 including one course in British literature and one writing course (223, 225, 226 or 227). PSYCHOLOGY MINOR 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor RELIGION MINOR 5 courses approved by the department SOCIOLOGY MINOR 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above) DEAN'S L I S-T - - - I ne Oean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3 . 5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit PROBATION AND DISMISSAL - A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term Dismissal from the College is not automatic Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor's degree. ACADEMIC PLANNING All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. CAREER PLANNING SERVICES Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center. COUNSELING/SUPPORT GROUPS Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. VETERANS OF MILITARY SERVICE Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) i t can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Office (330-1 002) DEPARTMENTAL ASSESSMENT Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). CAP (CREDIT ASSESSMENT PROCESS) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). FEES AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Tuition (per summer course) (tuition charge for 1986 summer terms) Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for assessment of previous learning REFUND SCHEDULE A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100°/~ Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. The refund schedule is efleclive whether or no1 a student has allended classes. There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an aidlpayment program from the following alternatives: COMPANY TUITION ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-oriented college programs. Augsburg provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. PELL GRANT This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least one course in Weekend College. MINNESOTA PART-TIME STUDENT GRANT PROGRAM The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need,,for state residents who take a part-time load in an eligible Minnesota institution such as Augsburg College. AUGSBURG TUITION GRANT Augsburg College will provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. SPECIAL GRADING PROCEDURES Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the PassINo Credit system, in which "P" means a grade of 2.0 or better and "Nu means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. A student may not take more than 8 courses on a PIN grading system, with only 2 courses in the major. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following trimester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. WITHDRAWAL FROM COLLEGE Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. GUARANTEED STUDENT LOAN/MINNESOTA STATE STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest at 8%. The maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. TO APPLY FOR FINANCIAL AID 1 ) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall). 3) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 4) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE WHO MAY APPLY Men or women who have: 1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. ADMISSIONS PROCESS 1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student have a personal interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. 4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg Weekend College degree program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree. 5) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this bulletin. APPLICATION DEADLINES Fall Trimester 1986 - August 18, 1986 Winter Trimester 1987 - December 8, 1986 Spring Trimester 1987 - March 9, 1987 HISTORY Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. LOCATION Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. CAMPUS Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library and Music building. ACCESSIBILITY We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. CHURCH AFFILIATION Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51% of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. - LAMPUS MAP AUGSBURG COLLEGE Campus Guide 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Psychology Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage 2 Theater 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-TunnellRamplSkyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp CAMPUS LOCATION NOTES I CAMPUS LOCATION - - - - - - From Minneapolis: lnterstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul: lnterstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking: All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. NOTES 9~6-87 I 1 I 8e,kZ 1 ' Mind Working f0.r the Designed AUGSBURG COLLEGE 11: T I WEEKEND COLLEGE 1 I Augsburg Weekend College Class Schedule and Course Descriptions AUGSBURG WLEKEND COLLEGE 1986-1987 CALENDAR FALL TRIMESTER 1986 August 18 -- September 6 - - - - -- - - - -- ~ ~ ~ l i c- aDeadline tio~ Orientation and Registration - - September 12-14, 26-28 I - October -10-12, 2 4 2 6 , November 7-9. .2~1"23'1,-,. r. 4.r 7 ' L - December 5-7 December 12-14 - December 30 - ~inals - December 8 -- January 3 - - - - - -- . - - Application Deadline - New Student Orientation Registration . January 2-4, 16-18,- 30-February - - -- 1 - - - February 13-15, 27-March 1 .- March 13-15, 27-29- .- April 3-5 Finals - --- - SPRING TRIMESTER 1987 March 9 Application Deadline . April 9 - April 11 . . - - - - - New Student Orientatiw Regis3&n - - A ~ r i 10-12. l 24-26 7ET May 8-1 0, 15-17, %31_June 26-28 - . . -- -. - - -- Finals. AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS 1490-310) is published lour times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall and Winter by Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapol~sMN 55454,.Second class postage rates paid at Minneapolis. Minnesola. . lmoortant Academic Dates Orientation I Fall Trimester Winter Trimester Spring Trimester Sep 6, '86 Dec 30, '86 Apr 9, '87 - Sep 6, '86 - Jan 3, '87 ~ a n k 7 Apr 10-12, '87 Last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Sep 14, '86 an & 8 7 Last day to designate grade option Oct 26, '86 Feb 15, '87 May 17, '87 Last day lo withdraw from class Nov 23, '86 Mar 15, '87 Jun 7, '817 Classes end Dec 7, '86 Mar 29, '87 Jun 21, '87 ----- - I I - $ 15.00 Tuition (per trimester course) (one coWse 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) $ 5410.00 Tuiltion (per sumlmer course) (ttrition ch~argefor 1986 summer te~hms) $ 360.00 . Liktime S,ports: I Fee for course Fee folr assessment of previovs'learning a .,I 1 Sep 12-14. '86 1 ' Apr 11, '87 Classes Begin - (payabue once, non-refiundalble) I Registration Fees and Payment ScheMe - -,i---- -- A per'course tvitiog refund wil,be made qg the fdlowiilng basis: (Students are ' responlsible tor cancdlilng coulrses with the Reg~istrar'sOffice in orde~rto be e~l~igiblefor Apr 12, '87 the tuiti\@nrefund.) Prior to the first schedulled class meetilmg - 1010% Ptior to the secood scheduled class meeting - 80% P~fiiorto the itlhilrid schedded class meeting - 60% No relwnd alfter the thilrd schedwled lcllass meetilnlg. The rglwnd s ~ h e d uis l ~affecti~vpwhelher or not a student has attended classes. Most ccoru~rsesare offered with glradling opltiolns - tradlitilonall gradlilmg on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the PassINo C8fie@itsystem, in which "P" means a grade of 2.0 better and "N" means nlo credlit and a grade of less than 2.0. A student may not ta~kernore than 8 courses on a PIN grading system, wi!h onlly 2 courses in the majbc. Students are cautioned to use th~ePIN grade o~pti~on with calre since some graduate a~ndprof~ssiondlschoolls do I not look favorablly on a llarge number of P-graded courses. / Final exams Dec 12-14, '46 Apr 3-5, '87 Jun 26-28, '87 Final grades due Dec 28, '86 Apr 12, '87 Jul 5, '87 Class Attendance Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. I t is expected that students attend every class. If a student needs to miss one class period, the instructor should be contacted. 1 An incornpllete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To recelive it, a sit~u~den~t must file a petiti~o~n with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the requlest, the pllan and date for removilng it, and comments from the instructor&;If permission is granted, the incomplete mlust be rem~ved~dirrtng the follllowin~g trimester, or ilt becomes the grade submitted by the teacher alonlg with the ilncomplelte. i dllle~e - . WibhdrawallFrom ~-- II - - -_- Students are hrged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. s i x t h i s . . results i~na failirg grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal ffiom Co!M,pge must be do8pein the ReMsrrar's Office. Withdrawal from cdllege canna occu~rdurin~gfilnal examli~nahi~on week unlless a petition is approved by the Studen~t Stalndlng Committee. Withdlrawal flrom college and resullting adjustments in accolunts %fie effective as of the date the com~pletedWith~drawallborn Colllege form i~sreturned to the Registralr's Oflfice. I Illy w - .. FALL TRIIMESTEA, 1986 Class Sche~ule - - - I I .. WINTER TRIMESTER. 1987 Class Schedule I Friday Evenlrng 6:OO - 9:30 BUS ECO ENG 242 122 2401 340 PHY 106 SOC 383 SPC 353 SW K 260 Fu~ndamenta~ls 61 Management Macroeconomics The Short Story Friday Evenlng I lntroldluction to weather* Racial and Minority Group Relations Advertising Hlwmanls Dlevelopling 6-10 BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:OO. BUS -BUS BUS CHM CSCl -- Salurday Afternoon 1 :I 5 - 4:45 Sulnday Afternoon 1 : I 5 - 4:4.5 -- ., , CS Mass Communications in Societv Princilpllles of Sociollogy Pulblic Speaking Socia'l Response to Human Needs ART BUS -.. BUS BUS NUR REL - 352 221 252 322 ~ o m e n 'Art i History Princlilples of Financlial Accauntilnlg Intro,duction to Marketilng lntermediate Accounti,na I Cost Accounting Business Law Operations Management Data Base Management* Ihtermediate Macroeconomics Effective Writi~na - ~ Photography '* Quant~tativeMethod~s ~undlamentallsof Financle Idormation Systems in the Olrganizatibn Contemporary Nursi~mglI1l:Paradl1 ms in iaursing Psychollogy of .Rellilglion mall Theol ogy -- ------- - 1 - Macroeconomics Effective Writing Grow Old Along With Me Community Health l Nursing Practicum I* ** Mass Communication Social Psychology* Intercultural Communication Interpersonal Communication Methods and Skills -of Social Work - 1:15 - 4:45 II I I - I 132 279 -331 375 306 486 112 111 209 310 423 342 375 329 354 363 Saturday Afternoon - ART BUS BlUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO ENG ENG HIS NUR 'PSY REL SOC SPA S PC Human Biology Principles of Financial Accounting Principles of Managerial Accounting Personnel Administration Financial Management Organic and Biological Chemistry* Math Algorithms for Computer Science II* Salurday Morning 113 Mi~croeconomics 31 3 lntermediate Microeconomics 111 Effective Writina 403--.Et' Contemporary. ~ b i ~ n Fani~l~i~es-#: g L --' SOC 121 SPC * 113 SWK 361 101 221 222 340 433 110 175 - 105 Biollogy and Society 175 Computers in Business and Economics 221 Principles of Financial Accounting 242 Fulnldarnentals of Management 423 Audliting 479 lntermediate Qwantitative Methods 109 Genera11Chemistry* 174 Math Algorithms for Computer Science* -POL 'im 342 BIO BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:00 BUS BUS CHM CSCl MAT ECO ENG ENG NUR NUR POL SOC SPC I SPC SWK 600-930 MAT ECO ECO ENmG NU R PHI 242 111 373 111 383 113 I -- Saturday Morndng BUS PHY PSY REL SOC SPC - - I I I - Sunday Afternoon 1 :I5 - 4:45 I - BUS 175 BUS 221 BUS 323 BUS 326 BUS 352 ECO 113 ECO 41 5 ENG 223 ENG 2961 396 HIS 2191 41 9 MAT 104 PHI 130 PSY 356 REL 483 SOC 121 SPA 112 SPC 352 SWK 364 I . - - -- Computers in Business and Economics Principles of Managerial Accounting lntermediate Accounting II .' Tax Accounting Marketing Research and Analysis Microeconomics Managerial Economics Writing for Business and the Professions Highlights of British Literature Myths and Myth M'aking Basic Math I l * Logic Environment and Behavior Christian Ethics Principles of Sociology Beginning Spanish II* Persuasion Field Work I -- ART BUS ECO FRE NOR NUR 106 475 315 111 111 330 Calligraphy Information Systems Analysis and Design Money and Banking Beginning French I* Beginning Norwegian I * Trends and Issues in Nursing - Y *Extra class or lab sessions requ~ired. **Additional lab fee charged. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. , * ~ x t r a n reqssied. s Courses may be added to or subtracted frorn,tlhe class schedlblle on the Ibaslis of enrohent. C SPRING TRMESTER, 1987 Class Schedule Frlday Even~ng - - - BIO BUS BUS PHY SPC 231 252 340 103 480 The Biology of Women lntroduction to Marketing Personnel Administration Ph sics for the Life Sciences ~ u l l i cRelationslPromotional Communications BIO BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:00 BUS CSC CSC ECO ECO ENG ENG NUR NUR PSY REL SOC SPC SWK 108 221 279 391 145 240 113 310 111 351 311 404 355 263 375 352 461 Microbiolog * Principles o r ~anagerialAccounting Quantitative Methods Business Law lntroduction to Computers Elementarv Com~uterScience* ~icroeconbmics' Managerial Decisiqn Making Effectwe Writing American Literature Since 1920 Community Health Nursing 11* ** Contempora Nursing IV: Leadership & Management Brain and Bgavior* World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View Social Psychology* Persuasion Advanced Methods & Skills 6:00 - 9:30 Saturday Morning .. . - Saturday Afternoon 1 :I5 - 4:45 , -- BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ENG MAT NUR NUR PHI POL PSY REL SOC SPC SWK 105 481 301 355 462 ECO - Sunday Afternoon 1:15 - 4:45 - 103 242 331 370 425 438 450 112 311 227 114 330 350 130 461 =- 107 476 31 3 112 112 - . - Envlronmenlal Aesthellcs Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns ART 106 Calligraphy Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 107 Drawlng Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Distribution:' ArtlMusic ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm camera. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 225 Vlsual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictoral images. I Distribution: Art Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major ART 240 Art Hlslory Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: Art . Anatomy and Physiology* Fundamentals of Management Fundamentalslof Finance Advanced Personal Computing , Advanced Accounting Investments Marketing Management Macroeconomics Public Finance Journalism Colle e Al ebra and Trigonometry* Tren s an Issues in Nursing lntroduction to Nursing Research* 1d Drawing Structured Systems Analysis and Design Intermediate Microeconomics Beginning French !I* Beginning Norwegian 11* - - - . - 'Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additional lab fee charged. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. -- ART 102 - -- - - - ---z ART BUS ECO FRE NOR COURSE -DESCRIPTIONS - - + ART 250 Ceramlcs An introduction to the making bf pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ,, Distribution: Art ART 352 ' women's Arl Hlslory A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each ppriod. Distribution: Art, Urban ConcernslMinority Studies, (upper division) Human Blology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (Does not apply to the major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work BIO 103 BIO 108 Computers In Buslnw and Economlcs lntroduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages, software applications in Business. Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective in Supervisory Management major BUS 221 Prlnclples of Flnanciel Accounllng Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS major BUS 222 Prlnclples of Managerlal Accounllng Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 221). Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 242 Fundamenlals ol Managemenl Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication Anatomy and Physiology .. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: ChemistrvlBioloav Major: Required prerequisite ibi BSN major BIO 105 BUS 175 8lology and Soclety What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research. scientific racism. sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns Mlcroblolo~ Basic microbial features are considered as well as a~~lications of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For &dent nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor. (Prereq: Chem 109 and concurrent registration in Chem 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Prerequisitefor the BSN major The Blology ol Women The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology or Women & Minority Studies ?' I BUS 252 BUS 279 lnlroducllon lo Markellng Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising major QuantllallveMethods for Economlcs and Buslness An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq: Math Placement Ill or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) lnlermedlale Accounllng I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus account, current and longterm assets. (Prereq: 221, 222) Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 BUS 324 Inlermedlate Accounllng II An analysis of accounting thmy %investments, tan ible and intangible fixed assets. l i a b i i i @ a $ g l ~ Mactuarial , topics Xdditional emphasis on income deterr&attm;d&b,price . , level changes. (Prereq: 322) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 391 Audlllng Internal and exterw! audltlng procedures Emphasis on Internal checks and control for accountlng systems. (Prereq 323, Junlor or Senlor or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 requlred courses In the Accountlng major (upper divlslon) Managerlal Cosl Accounting Am&wla,m, 'wI&*. ,*I , 'ng and control of economic activities. Planning, 1~$1:fystems, as well as other quantitative and 221, 222) . Major: Required in the ~Lcountingmajor (upper division) BUS 326 Tax Accounllng The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: 221, 222, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Fundamenlals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of Ion and short t e n funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage. Wvidend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: 221, 222) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper divlsion) BUS 340 BUS 425 Advanced Accounllng Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: 323, Junior or Senior or consent of Instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 requlred courses in the Accountlng major (upper division) Flnanclal Management: Theorles and Cases IlrMwhith@y: a systems approach to flnanclal structure and pWsan d9lli&n-maklng, presentation through Ilterature, a d MEW material. (Prereq 331) Major: Requlred In Flnance major (upper dlvision) 1 BUS 438 lnueslmenls and Financial lnslllulions &Will d tb~slllltlth~n~ttdatWR1 ~1 v@W~swpes of securities 1 b -vi I N l Y I ' , m m! .hk:'ess, acquisition and utilization of human &j wj :'- ' d n g relationships; effective integration of the h&#fwb '-'~@d&&the firm and society. (Prereq: 242 or consent of lytwb,), Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agenc , negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) !i of hth IridfWrrl d insdtuthd investors Major: Required in Flnance major (upper dlvision) I BUS 440 Operallons Managemenl Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 352 Markellng Research and Ana Research process as an ai research methodology; tiveness of research in Major: Required in the Marketing major (upper division) BUS 370 Major. Required in the Busmess Management major and an electwe in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) marketlng programs. and promotion policies. BUS 375 Informallon Systems In the Organlzallon Design and im lementation of organizational structure and structural change. An inf!rmational processing point of view to examine design of communication, decision making and task systems. (Prereq: 175) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) Major: Required In the Marketing major (upper dlvision) BUS 475 lnlormation Syslems Analysls and Design The process of defining information requirements, construction of a logical model of information system and the preparation of a general design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications, documentation, and plan implementation. Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 476 Structured Syslems Anaiysls and Design Continuation of BUS 475. BUS/ECO 479 Intermediate guantitatlve Methods , Provides the opportunity to become famii~ar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understandingofshtiatldd W d s and computer programming techniques. The materials to IiepWd,In the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Slatl8lle;d Metth& General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prqeq:,279or equivalent, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) CHM 109 CHM 110 CSC 145 Major: Required in the MIS major communications, dlistributed processing security, and general computer interMajor: Elective for MIS major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Structur ent systems, query facilities, file organ,ization and development of an elementary database system. Major: Required for MIS major (upper division) ECO 112 Prlncl~lesof Economics (Macro) mics; national income analysis, monetary trade, economic growth. Application of current economic problems. May be taken 11 2 and 113 may be taken in either order. General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major General, Organic and Blologlcal Chemistry Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major Distribution: Economics M~ajor:Requi~redfor Business Administration core Distribution: Economics Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 310 lnlroducllon to Computers An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward the computer science major or minor. CSC/MAT 174 Mathemalical Algorithms for Computer Science I A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning a higher level programming language. CSC/MAT 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science II A continuation of CSCIMAT 174. ' Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses for the Finance majlor, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) ECO 31 1 Publlc Flnance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publlic expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: 112, 113) Major: One of a choice of th,ree required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) rrnm,wwmm ECO 312 ENG 223 Wrlling lor Buslness and the Prolesslons Determinants of national Income, employment and price level analyzed vla macromodels. Attention pald to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the buslness cycle (Prereq' 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 313 ! ECO 31 5 ECO 41 5 ENG 101 ENG 111 ENG 209 (Prereq: 111 or equivalent) - . Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major lnlermedlale Mlcroeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: 313 or equivalent or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) Oevelopmenlal Wriling A preparatory course for effective writing for students who need additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience and thought. The course counts as an elective toward graduation but does not meet the writing requirement. Effeclive Wriling The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this couise is either PIN or 2.0 - 4.01N. Distribution: Required for graduation Grow Old Along Wilh Me This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older people to discover how they feel society regards the aging. Distribution: EnglishISpeech ENG 225 Advanced Exposllory Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identi~fication,definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: 111 ) Major: Required for Communications core ENG 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the trimester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. Major: Required for Public Relations major, one of four required choices in the Communication core ' I I ENG 240/340 The Shorl Slory The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so i t would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech I ' ENG 202 Women in Flcllon Reading and discussion of works by women writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech ENG 296/396 Highlights of Brllish Llteralure Works by major British authors including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens, and Woolf. ENG 351 American Llleralure Slnce 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech, Urban Concerns (upper division) '. FRE 11 1 Beglnnlng French Designed to introduce 'he student wi$h no previous background in French to the language and to French crlrbure. The pronlunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enablle understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Distribution: Foreig~nLanguage FRE 1 12 Begilnnlng French Continuation of FRE 111. Distribution: Foreigln Language -- I Bsglnnlng German with no previous background. Aims ait ssroom practice in speakilng, understandilng Goals; abijlty to read extended narratives i n silmple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory mat-erialsavailable. Distribution: Foreign Language 6ER 112 HIS 103 Bsglnnlng German Continluation of GER 111. Distribution: Foreign Language MAT 114 College Algebra and Trlgonomelry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions, and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratios and variatilon, progression, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. (Math placement test requ~i~red. Student must achieve a Level 3 ralnking in order to enroll1 in this cllass.) Distribution: Math Mlajor: Stronglly recommended for Business Administration major prior to taking BUS 279 MUS 130 Inlroducllon lo Ihe Flne Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: Mlusic NIOIR 1 11 Bsglnnlng Norweglan Introduction of the four basic language skills: speakkg, llistening, reading and wri~ting.Stress on spoken rather that literary Norwegi~an.Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Lalnguage Beginning Norweglan Continuation of NOR 111. Distribution: Foreign Language The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the tilme of Napoleon to the present. Distribution: History HIS 219/41 9 Myths and Myth Maklng A myth is not someth~i~ng patently false or absurd, although popu~larusage has emphasized its fictional quallity. Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. Iln this course we will examine rnythopoeic thought and the myths whlich that process evolved in the ancient Near East. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 222 U.S. Hlslory Slnce 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. Distribution: History MAT 104 Baslc Malh II A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes I Conlemporary Nurslng I This is a transitional course that begins the socialization process of the student to the professional role. Communication and the nursing process are emphasized as the means by which the nurse and the client interact to complete a framework of assessment, planning and evaluation to meet negotiated health goals. The students will learn to develop their own framework for the nursing process based on theoretical models and commun~icationtheory. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) Contemporary Nurslng II:Pandlgms In Nurslng This course ilntroduces theory and conceptual thinking of theory in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Systems theory, group theory and selected nursing theoretical models are examined. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) Community Health Nurslng I This coulrse focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community heallth problems and issues. Clllinical appllication of course content w~illinvolve making a health related assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethical ilssues rellated to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) I NUR 31 1 Community Health Nurslng II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq: 303,310, 325, PSY 355) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) ** This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 325 , Nursing Process In this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools in the nursing process. The student uses communication skills to obtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Junior year. Prereq: Acceptance into the Nursing major) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 330 Trends and Issues In Nurslng This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 350 lntroductlon to Nurslng Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course, Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to pursing practice. (Junior year. Prereq: Acceptance into the Nursing major, MAT 121 or a course in descriptive statistics) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 403 Contemporary Nurslng Ill This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the emerging role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq: 304, 31 1, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 404 Contemporary Nurslng IV This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) Practicum In Nurslng I This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq: To be taken concurrently with or following 403) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) ** This course involves an additional clinical fee Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them. Distribution: Philosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration major PHI 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Distribution: Philosophy Major: Required supporting course for Communication major PHI 380 Ethlcs of Mediclne and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Distribution: Philosophy (upper division) Major: Recommended for BSN major PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. Distribution: Physics PHY 103 Physics lor the Llle Sclences An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: elementary algebra) Distribution: Physics PHY 106 PHY 111 Topics In lntarnatlonal Examines foreign poll are made, anld looks a in a changing world ec Distribution: Urban concern; (ulpper division) lntroducllon to Weather A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the princ~iplesolf atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (includling state of the art i~nstrumentation),understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: high school algebra.) Distribution: MathlPhysics Physlcs, Computers, and Soclaly . A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical , science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electron~icswill lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. Distribution: MathlPhysics General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, ilncludling its major sub-areas, is emphasized. Distribution: Psychology Major: Required supporting course for the Communication majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology ' POL 160 POL 170 POL 326 World Polltlcs . Introduction to the processes of international politics, inclluding the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: Political Science law In the Unlted Slates A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law, law as politics; historic and contemporary llegal ilssues. Distribution: Political Science 'm-mm The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and ilnterest groups and media i~npresildential elections. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor) Distribution: Political Science (upper division) POL 342 Mass Communlcrtlons in Sociely Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes incl~udinga study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programmlilng. Distribution: Urban Concerns (upper dlivision) Major: Required for the Communication major PSY 355 Braln and Behavlor d # d m ~m d s m o t and ~&ll#dlBa4BC.{~:~Wone Major: Required prerequisite course for BSN major (upper division) Environment and Behavlor A study of the influencewhich theenvironment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. Major: Urban Concerns (upper division) Organlzatlonal Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practilces such as management styles, evalhation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq: 105) Major: Required coulrse for Business Management major and elective for all Communications majors (upper division) Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. Major: Elective in Communication major (upper division) - REL 11 1 lnlroducllon lo Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion REL 215 Archaeology and Ihe Blble Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archeaology, and review of some current findings. Distribution: Religion REL 221 REL 263 REL 356 REL 363 REL 481 REL 483 Christian Elhics The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Psychology ol Rellglon and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will begiven to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Blbllcal Sludles The origin, literary character, and transmission of the Biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion World Jusllce and Hunger: Developing a New World Vlew The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Distribution: Religion Hlslory of Rellglons An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Rellglon In Amerlca A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Principles ol Sociology 'knowing. Its application to ty; socialization, family life, 1. etc. Sociology as an . . . . Distribution: Sociology Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major SOC 231 Sociology of the Famlly An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Major: Required supporting course in social Work major and an elective in the Human Relations major SOC 241 lnlroducllon lo Cullural Anlh The concept of culture ex d in the way we see and live in the world. An ons underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civil person's relation to culture. An analysis of se culture. Major: An alternative in the core'of the Communication major, recommended elective in Business Management major SOC 301 Complex Organlzallons There is little in contemporary American life that is not somehow effected by organizations. This course sociologically examines (both theoretically and empirically) how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and organizational change. Major: Recommended elective in Public RelationsIAdvertising; Human Relations; and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) I I r, I - - SOC 375 SOC 383 SPA 111 II Soclal Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assurnptlorls and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, tlie ardiriary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important urieatat~onin social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 or PSY 105) Major: Required supporting course for Communication majors and Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division) Racial and Mlnority Group Relallons The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only) Distribution: Minority Studies Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division) Beglnning Spanlsh Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 112 Beglnnlng Spanlsh Continuation of SPA 111. SPC 113 313 Public Speaklng Basic problems of effective speaking and listening. May be taken for lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor. Major: Required supporting course for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 329 lnlercullural Communlcalion This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and nonverbal symbols will be examined in this course. Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper division) SPC 352 Persuaslon Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. Major: Required for Communications major, elective supporting course in Marketing major (upper division) SPC 353 Adverlislng An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communication. Major: Required supporting course in Marketing major, elective in Public Relations1Advertising and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 354 lnlerpersonal Communicalion A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communications barriers. Major: Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 355 Small Group Communicalion A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Major: Recommended supporting course in the Business Management, Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) I I I .> Thealer History and Criliclsm Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech (upper division) Public Relalions/PromolionaI Communlcalions Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) Exploring Human Sewices With faculty approval. stl~dentselects a placemarlt for 30 hours por week ;IS a volunteer in a soc~alagancy or institution Opportunity to know 1iuma11service ~rolessionals,social service delivery syslems, and carear iispects of the ialplrlg vocations. lndependsnt stc~dywith a term paper reporl and weekly review conferences Especially recommended for freshrrian and soptlomores. Major: Required in the Social Work major I Humans Developing This coursu provrdes the knowledge basrc to an tlndsrsland~ngof human growl11 Ihrouyh the lile cycle, arld 01 the rrrterplay 01 sociocullural, bialogleal, and psycliological facturs which influence the growth of individuals and lamilies in co~~ternporary A~iler~cali society. Empliasized is the role ol the "nurtur~ng~nvironment"in relation to human growth, the impacl ol "sustaining envrt'onmsnt" laclors, ant1 other special stresses relevent lo and groups which represent ethnic growth. Growth related to pop~.llatior~s andlor I~fe-styledlvcrsily is also a focus. Students will gain self-untlerslanditig rhraugh use of tlielr own experierrces. Major: Required in the Social Work major SWK 361 Social Responses lo Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Sophomore or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major. (upper division) SWK 363 Melhods and Skills ol Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Course taken as a half course in each of two consecutive Weekend College terms. (Prereq: 361) Major: Required in the Social Work major. (upper division) SWK 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 461 Advanced Melhods and Skills Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practiceskills and eclectic approaches. Lectures andlor laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq: 2.0 in 363 and 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462.) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 462 Field Work II Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 in 361,363,364, candidacy status; concurrent with 461 and 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 463 Community Oevelopmenl and Organizalion Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) ] SWK 464 Fleld Work IV Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 466 Field Work Ill Continuation of 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 462, 463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division)
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students...
Show more Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1986. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/ N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Off ice (Memorial230) Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114G) Interim Calendar November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m. Time 11-1 p.m. January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses Ends January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses Begins January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit Courses January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom Full Credit Courses January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January31 . . . . .InterimEnds February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins . The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key L-Library all M-Music H OM-Old Main P-Psychology S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships-Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Environmental Aesthetics ART 102-48001 302-46002 Instructor: PhilThompson In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process. Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight other text related design projects required. Grades will also be based on one or two examinationsplus a final. Distribution:Art - Music Time: 11 Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-48003 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art -Music Time: I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-46004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 The Biology of Women BIO 231-46005 Instructor:Roberta Lammers The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards. In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of human evolution and the social relationships of women and men. FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists. Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the number of students in the class. Prer uisite: High school biology Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies Time: I Room: S 329 11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester BIO 322-46006 PHY 322-46007 Instructor:Robert Herforth A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: S 24 II Biological Evolution BIO 431-48008 Instructor:Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present. F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor Time: I Room: S 205 BUSINESS II Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-46010 Instructor:Thomas Morgan "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. u&ite: permission of instructor zz7 Room: P 2 IIntroduction to International Business BUS 152-46070 BUS 352-46071 Instructor: Arnin Kader This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned. Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration. Time: I Room: OM 22 IEntrepreneurship BUS 295-46077 Instructor: John Cerrib The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Room: M 23 Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-46092 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 378-48093 Instructor: Milo Schield The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study - advanced word processing (Word Star 2000) - advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates) - advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base) - business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1 presentation) - integrated packages (Symphony) There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus. Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects. Fee: $20--but no required textbook. Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing) Time: I Room S 123 CHEMISTRY Chemistry for Changing Times CHlM 100-46013 Instructor:Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8 needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't) grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 315 The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-48014 Instructor: SandraOlmsted A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11 Room: S 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-46045 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175) Time: 11 Room: S 112 E Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-46012 Instructor: Ed SabeIla This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor Room: OM 16 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019 EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020 EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021 EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022 Instructor:Trudi Fulda Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I Room: L 4 ENGLISH E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop ENG 362-46098 Instructor: Lon Otto This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students Fiction Writing Workshop (con't) will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor. Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous, constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful attendance is essential. Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course. Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English Department. Fee: $10 Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at least one creative writing - course on the college - level Time: 11 Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas IThe Short Story ENG 240-46024 340-46025 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be among the authors studied. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 23 The Dark Side of Genius: Films of Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman ENG 260-46026 460-46027 Instructor:John Mitchell Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length. Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them. Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division credit must have mrrnission from the instructor. Fee: $25 for rental of films Time: I1 Room: SCI 123 Grow Old Along With Me ENG 209-46023 Instructor:Barbara Andersen You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are: Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as "AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time." What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings. Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and interview journals. Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 10 E Love in Literature ENG 269-46068 Instructor:Ron Pal& This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films. Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: OM 25 FRENCH French Literature in Translation FRE 243-48028 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study Prerequisite:Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Sueech Time: I Room: OM 27 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 475-46081 Instructor: A1Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. This is a half credit course. Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology Time: II -Jan.20-31 Room: Melby January 4-23,1986 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48036 Instructor:Joyce PPaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam willbe given. Cost: $2100 Distribution:Lifetime Sports Human Sexuality HPE 216-46035 Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral, and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues, male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project. Fee: $10 Time: II Room: M 24 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-48080 Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a half credit course. Time: II - Jan. 6-17 Room: Melby Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-46036 320-46037 Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants. Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field trips-all these are important components of the course as are the academic components such as readings. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: 816 Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History-Philosophy Time:I Room: LI Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097 419-46039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term. Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division Distribution:History-Philosophy Time:I Room: OM 13 - January 2-26,1986 Hawaii: A Cultural History HIS 321-46104 Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson 'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism , and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU s d s e be a unit on the w ~ nBuddhist-Christian t dialogue. Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Cost: $1,895 Distribution:Religion (by petition) INTERDISCIPLINARY The Art of Being Female INS 216-46078 416-46079 Instructor: Sara Eaton Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation? Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400 years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5 Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary l novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in their art and how they t~1l us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw; students will I x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on their topic to tho class. There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade will come from quizzes on the assignments. Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies Time:II Room: OM II Central America: The Roots of the Crisis INS 280-46034 Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for Global Service The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of the region. The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions. On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26, we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both countries, encounters with people from the churches, political, cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition, there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a time for de-briefingand evaluation. During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2 books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on January 31. Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals. lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure. World Hunger and Justice Education: Developing a N e w World View INSm - 4 6 0 3 1 REL 2 W 4 W 3 2 h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education, tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth, justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S. Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion tl~ealom. The purpose wiU 1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore pe%gogical principles for socinljustice. Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor of Economics at Luther Collage: world guests in tho Twin Cities ma. and The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a final p a p r . S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n this paper and prticipation. Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three weeksi willbe-8300, Dhtrlbution: -1 on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr RiI The Church and Social Change in the Philippines LNS 274-46033 Instructors: J i m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global Service and Education T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice, and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the church. Thmugho~~t the coursc, therefore, we will be examining the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change. The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't) The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d in htinn~apolis.and will foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week. On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January 26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and aduation of the experience. During the first weok, participants will be required to read s packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related topic. During the k i p , students wiU be to keep a journal, and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience. Grading PIN. Cost: $1995fmm ~ ~ includes all p m v d expenses, o meals, ~ ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to change due to &are increase prior to the trip. ~~ MATHEMATICS Mathematical Modeling MAT 132-46042 Instructor: Paul Hulse Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-, represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg. The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments. Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics T i e :1 W r n : OM 21 Linear Algebra In Action MAT 315-48046 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p ~ ~ .leastgsqunres , fitting, computer graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq. Prerequisite:MAT 215 Time: I Room: S 112 IM Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming MAT 144-46043 211-46044 Instructor: Larry Copes In this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s and written reports. For 21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe , patterns and 1epo1.t~ will ~~equire the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer. Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 213 IIntroduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-46047 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t a observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations. In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clam participation. A special class project will be required for upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for field trips during &her the morning or afternoon. Fee: $15 Time: I1 Room: M5 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-46065 329-48088 Instructor: StephenGabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Dishbution:Art-Music Time: II Room: M4 Memorizationfor Musicians MUS 151-48048 351-46049 Instructor:James D.Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc, and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prer uisite: Basic music study -3 Room: M4 NORWEGIAN LI Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-46029 Instructor:Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time:II Room: OM 29 4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311-46030 Instructor: Leif Hansen intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l experience required. uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent Ez?m* Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-46050 Instructor: Alice Stark This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice t md have potential for fwreacllingeffects in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY What Do You Think of That? PHI250-46053 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course ~ we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15 Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes, anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution: History-Philo8ophy Time:11 Room: OM 23 Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature PHI248-48051 346-46052 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer 736s course inquires into the ~Astance and nature of those beings that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the ~ anaelic and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~ as whether they arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e. Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta t h a n lower division studenf.~. uisite: One philosophy or religion course EE3 Room: MEM 323 PHYSICS Numerical Methods in Physics PHY 345-48076 Instructor:Jeff Johnson ' Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi- calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation and nume~.lcal techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist. In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an example of a 2nd order differential equation). The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount of c h s time to it. Student performance will be based on problem assignments and computer projects. Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: S 329 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-48041 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~ of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt. The course will includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory ~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll project. Prei uisite: High school Disaution: Mathematics hyucs Time: 11 Room: S 212 Vbr? The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of the Universe PHY 109-46075 Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists u x-rays from study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our world and form our modern imaga of the universe. But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth, was t h center ~ of the turiverse, Martin Luther quickly cited J o ~ h u who a told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still! Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&: Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp, Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel. The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b servation exercises. Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: M 24 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-46073 MAT 327-46074 Instructor:Ken Erickson Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions: hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions, Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand , fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable. The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the functions. Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project. Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and MAT 224 or equivalent Time:I Room: S 212 POLITICAL SCIENCE The United Nations POL 166-46068 366-46069 Instructor:Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural, political and economic background of the member states of the Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council. The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting of the Security Council. Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the simulationis compulsory. Upper division students will be required to submit an additional paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council. Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: II Room: OM 13 The Politics of International Economic Issues POL 461-46056 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue ~ this goal students wiU Yo. GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy the headlines of 1985. Course objectives: 1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system, and 2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of the mid-1980s Course content: 1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in the world of the 1980s; 2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the distribution of economic power during the past decade, the possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as agriculLur~! m d finance, within a variety of countries; and 3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in the world economy Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam. Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160 Time: II Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 352-46096 Instructor:Duane E. Johnson Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student participation. Procedures will include class discussion, short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the testing willrequire written responses. Prerequisite:General Psychology Time:I Room: OM 16 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-46081 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the e opportunity to explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w i l l ha 3aitilized involving tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(GeneralPsych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 RELIGION IChristianity in Modern Africa REL 366-46058 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid ~ystem of racial segregation.Them will be lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short tests and a short research paper. Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements) Time: 11 Room: OM 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-46057 Instructor: Gene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the present form and work of this church, its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the third day UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon ""% Mstrj ution: M W o n (Qnly one In* ward graduation religion requirements) course m a y be used to- Time: I Room: OM 18 Archaeology and the Bible REL 215-46101 Instructor:Philip Quanbeck Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based on class participation and the project. Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements) Time: I Room: M 22 RUSSIAN Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature RUS 210-46082 RUS 410-46083 Instructor:James E. Brown This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels (Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers and the final examination. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:English-Speech Time: I1 Room: OM 21 SOCIAL WORK Exploring Human Services S W K 257-46059 Instructor:Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary,brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Field Work I11 S W K 466-46060(1 course) 466-46061(% course) Instructor:Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIQLOGY Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC241-46098 Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and "pmgr~ss." and selected aspects of Westem Culture. Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-. Time: I Room: P 3 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER II Children's Theater SPC 285-46064 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off stago as performers (acto~s, ~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts, scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E rience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage T w o E Writing the Creative Article SPC 268-46062 368-46063 Instructor:Ray Anderson The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw. The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience, whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion. Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will. read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor. Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for publication. A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students. Time:II Room: OM 27 W Advanced Acting SPC 432-46106 Instructor: Julie Bolton In this course we will explore chmcter development through scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov, Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity! Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics SPC 116 Time: I Room: Stage 11 Television News Production SPC 344-46072 Instructor: Mark Ambroze This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information. The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes. Time: I Room: W S A , Golden Valley OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-46011 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington Interims Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top POL 398-46084 The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking POL 398-46085 These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January 17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A. Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing ART 163-46040 Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185. Augsburg Lifetime Sports T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation. Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher or lot the student registers for the course. Alpine Skiing HPE 002-46089 Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets. Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W American Karate HPE 002-46086 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F Room: Melby Badminton Racquetball HPE 001-46087 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m. Room: Melby HPE 002-46088 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m. Room: Melby Running Weight Training HPE 002-46091 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1 2Noon Room: Melby HPE 002-46090 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only. ~ A m e r i c m Writern in Europe Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe n China: The Midwest Connection n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain n Englilish School and Family n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna n Hawaii: A Cultural. History f l Health Care in Europe H IsLmda of the Mediterranean n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church !l Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland Legal London London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power "Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey Soviet U'nian: Culture and History Spain, A Country in Transition The Spirit of Ireland Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd 'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r NOTES
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1985-1986
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
INFORMATION SESSIONS
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College
are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions
that are scheduled throughout the year These information
sessions are fret? of charge and are approximately two
hours In length, Please call the Weekend Colleg...
Show more INFORMATION SESSIONS Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year These information sessions are fret? of charge and are approximately two hours In length, Please call the Weekend College Off~ce (330-1782) to recelve further deta~lson these ~nformation sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: FOR FALL TRIMESTER, 1985 Saturday, May 18 Saturday, June 8 Saturday, June 22 Saturday, July 13 Tuesday, July 30 Saturday, August 10 FOR WINTER TRIMESTER, 1986 Saturday, October 12 Saturday, November 9 Saturday, December 7 FOR SPRING TRIMESTER, 1986 Saturday, January 18 Saturday, February 15 Tuesday, March 11 INTRODUCTION TO AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE TABLE OF CONTENTS 1985-86 Calendar inside front cover Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College 3 4 Characteristics of the Educational Program 5 Degrees and Majors - . 6 Business Administration 8 Communication 10 Management Information Systems (MIS) Nursing - - 11 - 12 Social Work - -13 Deans List Student Support Services - . 13 Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) 1 4 Fees and Payment Schedule 15 Refund Schedule 15 Financial Aid 16 . 17 Admissions Procedure .- 18119 Campus Map - - 20 About Augsburg College -Campus Location inside back cover Purpose Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a baccalaureate degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Adult as Student The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. Community of Learners This bulletin is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg .College catalog. Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). Faculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. lnternships lnternships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. DEGREES AND MAJORS Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a baccalaureate degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. Baccalaureate Degree The baccalaureate degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): One approved course from each of seven areas: Art- Music History - Philosophy Economics- Political Science English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology -Sociology Chemistry- Biology Mathematics- Physics 1 A course in writing (English 111) or demonstrated proficiency Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from five separate majors, each with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas except nursing. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS 101 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting BUS 131 Business Law BUS 135 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 250 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 261 Fundamentals of Finance BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ECO 122 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 123 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 251 lntermediate Microeconomics ECO 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics or 391 Public Finance or 392 Money and Banking Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 262 lntermediate Accounting I BUS 263 lntermediate Accouting II BUS 381 Managerial Cost Accouting BUS 382 Tax Accounting or 483 Auditing or 484 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: PHI 120 Ethics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions BUS 399 lnternship Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 382, 483 and 484 sequence. 6 Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 262 lntermediate Accounting I BUS 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases BUS 478 Investments and Financial Institutions ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making or 445 Managerial Economics or 479 lntermediate Quantitative Methods Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: PHI 120 Ethics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions BUS 381 Managerial Cost Accouting BUS 382 Tax Accounting BUS 399 lnternship Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Personnel Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 111 Beginning Speech ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications BUS 399 lnternship Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: (Continued Next Page) BUS 330 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 430 Marketing Management ECO 445 Managerial Economics SPC 353 Advertising Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions BUS 399 lnternship Business Minor BUS 101 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 135 Fundamentals of Marketing BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 261 Fundamentals of Finance ECO 122 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 123 Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with department chairperson. COMMUNICATION Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communications Core SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 399 lnternship ENG 225 Advanced Writing Required Supporting Courses: SPC 113 Public Speaking PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology Communication Electives With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: Public Relations and Advertising: BUS 135 Introduction to Marketing BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ENG 226 or 227 Creative Writing or Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SPCIART 132 Photography SPCIART 225, 230 Visual Communications I, I1 SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public RelationsiPromotionaI Communications Human Relations: PSY 373 Organizational Psychology PSY 485 Counseling Psychology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 383 Racial & Minority ,Group Relations SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 353 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications Supervisory Management: BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO PSY SPC SPC SPC 145 250 340 379 440 340 373 353 355 480 Fundamentals of Management Data Processing Personnel Administration Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Operations Management Managerial Decision-Making Organizational Psychology Advertising Small Group Communication Public Relations Promotional Communications Communication Minor Five courses approved by the department. 9 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MIS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS Major BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO ECO 101 102 135 145 250 261 379 122 123 251 Principles of Financial Accounting Principles of Managerial Accounting Fundamentals of Marketing Fundamentals of Management Com~utersin Business and Economics ~undamentalsof Finance Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Major Emphasis CSC 170 lntroduction to Structured Programming CSC 240 Elementary Computer Science CSC 352 Data Bases BUS 375 lnformation Systems in the Organization BUS 475 lnformation Systems Analysis BUS 476 Structured Systems Analysis and Design BUS 479 lntermediate Quantitative Methods ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making Students in this major should seriously consider one or both of the following courses: PHI 120 Ethics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks BUS 399 Internship MIS Minor BUS BUS or BUS BUS ECO CSC 101 135 145 375 475 123 170 Principles or Financial Accounting Fundamentals of Marketing Fundamentals of Management lnformation Systems in the Organization lnformation Systems Analysis Principles of Microeconomics Introduction to Structured Programming EducationalGoals Additional Information 0 When do you plan to enter Augsburg Weekend College? Fall Trimester 19 - Winter Trimester 19 - Spring Trimester 19 - Anticipated EducationalGoal Baccalaureate Degree Second Major (baccalaureate level) Classes for personal interest (nondegree) Planned Major or Area of Academic Interest Do you wish to apply for financial aid? Doyou need Assistance in locating lodging for the weekendsthat classes are held? Yes No Yes No Classes for wok Competency (nondegree) Anticipated number 0fCwrsesperTm Doyou need assistance in arranging daycare for the time periods that classes are held? Yes No Please summarize your reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg Weekend College. How did Augsburg Weekend College gain your attention and why have you come to seriously consider it? In this summary please indude a descnptbn of your tentative educational objectives and previous work, school, m i l i i , or community activities which may be of interest to us. Date Signature When completed, retum this application to the Augsburg Weekend College Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Include with it an a p p l i i n fee of $15.00. This is a one-time fee for processingyour application and will not be refundable or applied to your bill. If you have questions about the application process or about the programs of Augsburg Weekend College, please call S 1 7 8 2 . NURSING MAJOR Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division nursing major as a second step toward the completion of the Bachelor of Science degree. Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professional program that is accessible to nurses who work and are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Admissions-Procedures Admission to the BSN program includes first being accepted into Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 17. As candidates for the nursing major, RN's must demonstrate evidence of completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, further progress in the major is contingent upon: 1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite courses (Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology and lntroductory Psychology). 2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5 3. Successful completion of validation testing for transfer of credit for basic nursing courses. Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR 305 306 310 31 1 330 350 403 404 423 427 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication and Process Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing Community Health Nursing I Community Health Nursing II Trends and Issues in Nursing Introduction to Nursing Research Contemporary Nursing Ill: Nursing with Families Contemporary Nursing IV: LeadershipIManagement Practicum in Nursing I Practicum in Nursing II Required Supporting Courses PHI 380 or REL 483 PSY 353 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Christian Ethics or an approved ethics course Brain and Behavior STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES SOCIAL WORK Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology, biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. Social Work Courses* SWK 257 Practicum in Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 361 Systems of Social Welfare SWK 359/360 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work I SWK 459/460 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work II SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 464 Field Work IV SWK 465 Social Policv: Analvsis and Develolsment SWK 466 Field Work ill (Yz course) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional Required Supporting Courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SOC 231 Socioloav of the Familv SOC 365 ~ u a n t i t s v eAnalysis and Program Evaluation SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Welfare Minor 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325. or Social Work 465. Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the Center. CounselinglSupport Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. DEAN'S LIST The Dean's list is published after each trimester, listing students whose grade point average for the trimester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in the courses offered for credit. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Office (330-1002). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). FEES AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course)* Tuition (per summer course)* Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for assessment of previous learning LATE FEES There will be a $10 additional fee for registration after the regularly scheduled time, and a $25 late fee for registration after the first class weekend. REFUND SCHEDULE A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. *Augsburg courses are comparatively large blocks of academic credit One Augsburg course is the equivalent of 6 quarter credits. 35 total courses are needed to graduate. *"Tuition charge for 1985 summer terms. FINANCIAL AID There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an aidlpayment program from the following alternatives: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Pell Grant Program This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least a two-course load in Weekend College. Minnesota Parbtime Student Grant Program The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take a part-time load in an eligible Minnesota institution such as Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College will provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Guaranteed Student LoanlMinnesota State Student Loan Program Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 9 % for borrowers after January 1, 1981. The maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall). 3) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 4) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE Who May Apply Men or women who have: 1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Admissions Process 1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. 4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg Weekend College degree program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the baccalaureate degree. 5) Students who are accepted and who choose to enroll in one or more Augsburg Weekend College courses are asked to make a $50.00 tuition deposit prior to registration for that term. 6) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this bulletin. Augsburg Weekend College students will not be required to take college entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee may, however, request that the student have a personal interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. Students who are admitted conditionally may be referred to the Academic Skills Center and encouraged to participate in the developmental skills programs that are available. Application Deadlines Fall Trimester, 1985-August 12, 1985 Winter Trimester, 1986-December 9, 1985 Spring Trimester, 1986-March 10, 1986 CAMPUS MAP Augsburg College CAMPUS MAP ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library and Music building. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51 % of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Nondiscrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. 1985-1986 CALENDAR FALL TRIMESTER 1985 August 12 Application Deadline August 31 Orientation and Registration September 13-15,27-29 October 11-13,25-27 November 8-10,22-24 December 6-8 December 13-15 I 1 I Finals WINTER TRIMESTER 1986 December 9 January 2 January 4 Application Deadline New Student Orientation Registration January 3-5,17-19 January 31-February 2, February 14-16 February 28-March 2, March 14-16,21-23 March 30 Easter A ~ r i4-6 l Finals SPRING TRIMESTER 1986 Application Deadline March 10 April 10 New Student Orientation April 12 Registration April 11-13,25-27 Mav 9-11.16-18.30-June 1 -- June 6-8,20-22 June 27-29 Finals Posbn8sler: Volume 116,Number I, Spring 1985 612/330-1782 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310)is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall and Winter by Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapoilis M N 55454. Second class postage rates paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. I Fees and Payment Schedule Im~odant A cademic-Dates Orientation Fall Trimester Winter Trimester Spring Trimester Aug 31,'85 Jan 2,'86 Apr 10, '86 - d Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course)* Tuition (per summer course)* Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for assessment of previous learning Registration Aug 31 ,I85 Classes Begin Sep 13-15,'85 Jan 3-5,'86 Apr 11-13, '86 Late Fees Sep 15,'85 Jan 5,'86 Apr 13, '86 There will be a $10 additional fee for registration after the regularly scheduled time, and a $25 late fee for registration after the first class weekend. Last day to designate grade option Oct 27,'85 Feb 16,'86 May 18,'86 Last day to withdraw from class Nov 24,'85 Mar 16,'86 Jun 8,'86 Last day to register and/or drop class , . without record notation Jan 4,'86 Apr 12, '86 Refund Schedule Classes end Dec 8,'85 Mar 22,'86 Jun 22, '86 Final exams Dec 13-15,'85 Apr 4-6,'86 Jun 27-29, '86 Final grades due Dec 23,'85 Jul 7, '86 Apr 14,'86 A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. *Augsburg courses are comparatively large blocks of academic credit. One Augsburg course is the equivalent of 6 quarter credits. 35 total courses are needed to graduate. **Tuition charge for 1985 summer terms. FALL TRIMESTER, 1985 Class Schedule Friday BUS ENG PHY 6:00- 9:30 SOC SPC 145 351 103 383 353 Fundamentals of Management American Literature Since 1920 Physics for the Life Sciences* Racial and Minority Group Relations Advertising 8a-y Moming 105 101 250 262 479 109 123 251 111 225 124 403 342 241 113 360 462 Biology and Society Princ~plesof Financial Accounting Data Processing* lntermediate Accounting I lntermediate Quantitative Methods General Chemistry* Microeconomics lntermediate Microeconomics Effective Writing Advanced Writing Calculus I* Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families Mass Communications in Society lntroduction to Cultural Anthropology Public Speaking Methods and Skills of Social Work (.5 Course) Field Work ll Evening BIO BUS BUS 8:30 I2m BUS BUS CHM ECO ECO ENG ENG MAT NUR POL SOC SPC SWK SWK - 1 Friday BUS MUS PSY 600 - 930 REL SOC SPC SWK Evening BUS BUS 1:15 - 4:45 BUS BUS BUS CSC ENG ECO HIS MAT NUR 101 131 135 381 440 340 101 258 103 104 305 Sunday 261 379 306 325 356 I . Morning F Fundamentals of Finance Quantitative Methods Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing Nursing Process History of Religions *This class will involve additional class or lab hours to be arranged. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment -- - - Fundamentals of Management lntroduction to Fine Arts Organizational Ps chology Christian Views o t ~ e a l t hand Healing Racial and Minority Group Relations Public Speaking Exploring Human Services y ! Principles of ~nancialAccounting Principles of Managerial Account~ng Financial Management Tax Accounting Organic and B~ologicalChemistry* lntroduction to Structured Programming* Data Base Management* Topics in Literature: Women in Fiction Community Health I* Nursina Practicum I* ** Logic Counseling Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SPC 354 lnterpersonal Communication BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:OO BUS BUS CHM CSC CSC ENG NUR NUR PSY PHI 101 102 373 382 110 170 352 282 310 423 485 130 - Saturday BUS 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting Principles of Financial Accounting Business Law lntroduction to Marketing Cost Accounting Operations Management Digital Communications and Computer Networks* Developmental Writing lntermediate Macroeconomics Modern World Basic Math ll* Contemporary Nursing I: Communication and Process PSY 105 General Ps chology SPA 111 Beginning ipanish I* SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication BUS BUS NUR 1:15 - 4:45 NUR REL Afternoon 145 130 373 341 383 113 257 Saturdav BIO 101 Human Biolo Saturday ART 240 Art History Survey Afternoon I I WINTER TRIMESTER, 1986 Class Schedule Afternoon I BUS BUS 1.75 - 4:45 BUS BUS ECO ECO ENG HIS MAT PHI POL SOC SPA SPC SWK SWK Sunday Afternoon 263 330 340 375 123 445 223 313 114 380 122 375 112 352 459 466 lntermediate Accounting II Marketing Research and Analysis Personnel Administration Information Systems in the Organization Microeconomics Managerial Economics Writing for Business and the Professions Roots of the Western Humanist Tradition College Al ebra and Trigonometry* Ethics of dedicine and Health Care Metropolitan Complex Social Psychology* Beginning Spanish II* Persuasion Advanced Methods and Skills (.5 Course) Field Work Ill ART 102 EnvironmentalAesthetics BUS 250 Data Processing* ECO 122 Macroeconomics Money and Banking *This class will involve additional class or lab hours to be arranged. **There will be an additional clinical fee for this course. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment SPRING TRIMESTER, 1986 Class Schedule I Course Descriptions -_ = I ART 1 0 2 Environmental Aesthetics Friday BUS INS Evening PHY 6:00 - 9:30 SPC SPC - Saturday BIO 135 265 101 361 480 Introductionto Marketing Women in American Culture Astronomy* Theater History and Criticism Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications - - - -- - ~ i c r o b i o l o ~Principles o *Managerial Accounting Business Law Fundamentals of Finance Quantitative Methods lntroduction to Computers Elementary Computer Science* Managerial Decision Making Effective Writing Modern Paris in History and Literature Community Health Nursing II* ** Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Manaaement PHI 120 ~ t h i c s PSY 355 Brain and Behavior* SOC 375 Social Psvcholoav* Morning BUS BUS 8:30 - 12:OO.BUS BUS CSC CSC ECO ENG HIS NUR NUR 108 102 131 261 379 145 240 340 111 411 31 1 404 -- Y Saturday ART 225 Visual Communications BIO BUS 1:15 - 4:45 BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ENG NUR NUR POL PSY REL SPC SWK SWK Afternoon 103 340 430 475 478 483 122 225 330 350 160 105 221 355 460 464 - Sunday ART BUS ECO 1:15 - 4:45 FRE GER Afternoon - - 250 484 251 111 111 Anatomy and Physiology* Personnel Administration Marketing Management Information Systems Analysis and Design Investments Auditing Macroeconomics Advanced Writing Trends and Issues in Nursing lntroduction to Nursing Research* World Politics General Psychology Biblical Studies Small Group Communication Advanced Methods and Skills (.5 Course) Field Work lV - - Ceramics Advanced Accounting Intermediate Microeconomics Beginning French* Beginning German* -- Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects explorin design problems in representation, symbolism and a%straction. Distribution: Urban Concerns I I I ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication usin elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorag images. Distribution: Art Majoc Elective in Public Relations/Advertising Major ART 2 4 0 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: Art ART 2 5 0 Ceramics An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: Art ART 3 5 2 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Distribution: Art, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies, (upper division) BIO 1 01 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (Does not apply to the major or minor). Distribution: Biology Majoc Required supporting course in Social Work -- *This class will involve additional class or lab hours to be arranged. **There will be an additional clinical fee for this course. Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. I BIO 103 Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture arid laboratory. (For nursing atid certain other paramedical students; Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both I01 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) BUS 13 1 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Majoc Required for Business Administration core .. .... ing. Distribution: Biology Majoc Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 10 5 BIO 108 Biolqy and Society What are some of the biologicall -based problems wilh which our society must deal? W!I at threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public Relations/Advertisingmajor Maloc Required for Bu malor. elective in Publi Micmbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor. (Prereq: Chem 109 and concurrent registration in Chem 1 1 0 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to major or minor). Distribution: Biology Majoc Prerequisite for the BSN major BUS 101 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 2 5 0 Computers in Business and Economics An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages, software applications in Business. Majoc Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective in Supervisory Management major BUS 2 6 1 Fundamentals of Finance lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Majoc Required for Business Administration and MIS major BUS 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 101). Majoc Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 2 6 2 Theory of acq within the firm funds, cost of policy, and re1 Majoc Required for Business Administration core and MIS major .. ,. . Majoc Required in the Accounting and Finance majors BUS 263 Intermediate AccountJng I1 An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tanglble and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: 262) Major: Required in the Accounting major BUS 3 8 1 Majoc Required in Accounting major (upper division) BUS 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: 101,102, junior or senior, or consent of instructor) BUS 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent of instructor) Majoc Required in the Marketing major (upper division) BUS 430 BUS 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirable working relationships; effective inte ration of the worker wiBi the goals af the firm and society, ?prereq:Bus. Ad. 145 or consent d instructor) Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) Major: Required in the Marketing major (upper division) BUS 440 BUS 373 Financial Management=Theoriesand Cases Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: 261) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) . .. . BUS 375 Information Systems in the Otgmnixatiun Design and implemenlatian of organizational structure and structural change, An informational processing poinl ot view to examine des~gnof communication, decision rriaking and task systems. Majoc Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability,sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq: high school Algebra) Majoc Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) . . . -.. ,. Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 4 75 d plan implementation. Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 4 7 8 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq: 261. ECO 392 is strongly recommended) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 4 7 9 Intermediate Quantitative Methods Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods throuy h use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be resented in the course are: Computer Progiarnmin &chniques: Statlslical Methods: General Linear ~ o d e f sAnalysis , of Variance, etc. (Prereq: 379 or equivalent, Junior or Sonior or consent 01 instructor) Major: Required for MIS major An introduction includina a~wlie and other areas, programming in a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq: MAT 124) Major: Required prerequisite for MIS major CSC 2 4 0 Elementaw Comnuter Science a assembly and m&h$i bgic desi n, number and c m i l lvnctions components of compute~systems.Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: Math 175 or both Math 124 and Computer Science 170) Major: Required in the MIS major BUS 483 Auditing Internal and external auditin procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and canlrol or accounting systems. (Prereq: 263, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor) B BUS 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: 263) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) CHM 1 10 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physioloyical chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CSC 145 Introduction to Computers An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general higher level language. Primaril for students in non-science areas. Does not count towarJ the computer science major or minor. - 07 CSC 340 Digital Communicationand Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: 240) CSC352 CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemist principles and an introduction to organlc chemistry. ~ i x n c l u d e arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major . . CSC 17 0 Introduction #m - Haw- ECO 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) Distribution: Economics ECO 123 . May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order. Distribution: Economics Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 2 5 1 lnterm IS of consumer introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: 123) Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 2 5 8 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: 122) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core ENG 101 Developmental Writing A preparato course for effective writing for students who need ayditional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience and thought. The course counts as an elective toward graduation but does not meet the writing requirement. ENG 1 1 1 Effective Writin ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern . techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is the areas of transpornvironmental protecels, information . Ad. 101 and high asis on expository ical organization, and m for this course is Distribution: Required for graduation ENG 2 2 3 Writing for Business and the Professions A ~racticalcourse desianed with em~hasison ex~ositorv 'profes: proposals to use the Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major ECO 392 stern ENG 2 2 5 (Prereq: 122) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: Eco 251 or equivalent or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marketing major (upper division) Major: Required for Communications core ENG 2 8 2 Women in Fiction Reading and discussion of works by women writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Distribution: English ENG 3 5 1 American Literature Since 1920 Distribution: English or Urban Concerns (upper division) FRElll Distribution: Urban Concerns/Minority Studies School) Distribution: Foreign Language GER 111 ScAool) " Distribution: Foreign Language HIS 103 HIS 3 13 Distribution: Math Majoc Strongly recommended for Business Administration major prior to taking Bus 379 The Modern World A stud of the main currents in western civilization from the time or~apoleonto the present. Distribution: History Mesomtamia to Monasticism: The Roofs of the Western Humanist Tradition Commonwealth. Distribution: History . . ..: . ..,- HIS41 1 aterial. next European trip. Distribution: Histow or Urban Concerns MA T 124 Calculus I Topics of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus. Majoc Prerequisite for CSC 170 in MIS major MUS 130 Introduction to the Fine Ads NUR 3 1 1 Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: Music NOR111 ua- Majoc Required for BSN major **This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 3 2 5 Nursing Process Distribution: Foreign Language NUR 305 Major: Required for BSN major . . . .. . . - . . -- . Majoc Required for BSN major soclal and NUR 3 0 6 , I I Major Required for BSN major NUR 3 5 0 Majoc Required for BSN major Major: Required for BSN major I I NUR403 are explored. Majoc Required for BSN major I Major: Required for BSN major PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar syslenl stars and galaxies. The necessary optical itistruments are explained ancl use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3.-inchQuestar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures) Distribution: Physics Majoc Required for BSN major PH Y 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 onehour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq: Elementary Algebra) Distribution: Physics NUR423 . Majoc Required for BSN major **This course involves an additional clinical fee PHI 120 Ethics POL 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discuss~on-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. Distribution: Political Science or Urban Concerns Distribution: Philosophy Malor Recommended elective in Business Administration major POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: Political Science POL 17 0 Law in the United States sound arguments. Distribution: Philosophy Maioc Required supporting course for Communication major PHI 380 A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law, law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Distribution: Political Science Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical prin the areas of health care a tion, human engineering, euthanasia. Distribution: Philosophy Majoc Recommended for BSN major POL 3 2 6 Political Parties and Behavior I I The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor) Distribution: Political Science (upper division) POL 342 Mass Communicationsin Society REL 22 1 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the Biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Distribution: Urban Concerns (upper division) Majoc Required for the Communication major REL 3 4 1 Christian Views of Health and Healing Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Distribution: Religion PS Y 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major subareas, is emphasized. db, _ PS Y 3 7 3 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq: 105) Major: Required course for Business Management major and elective for all Communications majors (upper division) f H REL 3 6 3 Religion in America ses d religion to the challenges of its ~istribution:Religion (upper division) soc 121 Distribution: Sociology Majoc Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major PS Y 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. Major: Elective in Communication major - # . m @ W m a j o r llv~ngrel~g~ons m h b h ~ s mConfuc~anism, , some d~scuss~on of communltles Distribution: Religion (upper division) PS Y 355 Brain and Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq: 105 and one course in biology) Majoc Required prerequisite course BSN major - REL 3 5 6 Historv of Reliaions Distribution: Psychology Majoc Required supporting course for the Communication majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology SOC 23 1 social institution. The marital adjustment and mily to its institutional and REL 1 1 1 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion Majoc Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective in the Human Relations major SPC 1 1 3 Public Speaking 3 1 3 Basic problems of effective speaking and listening. May be SOC 2 4 1 S Majoc An alternative in the core of the Communication major, recommended elective in Business Management major SOC 375, Social Psvcholoav taken for lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor. Majoc Required supporting course for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 3 5 2 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. Majoc Required for Communications major, elective supporting course in Marketing major (upper division) SPC 3 5 3 Advertising An introcluclion lo print and broadcast advertising and promotion as imporlant elements in modern marketing and communication. ..:- . ,, upporting course for Communication I Work major, elective supporting course agement major (upper division) SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. Distribution: Minority Studies Majoc Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division) h. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 1 12 Beginning Spanish Continuation of SPA 111. Majoc Required supporting course in Marketing major, elective in Public Relations/Advertisingand Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 3 5 4 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communications barriers. Majoc Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 3 5 5 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in affective functioning within small groups and organizations. Majoc Recommended supporting course in the Business Management, Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 361 dramatic criticism. Distribution: English/Speech - .. of plays from ter productions. matic production, and . S WK 364 Field Work I . SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) . Majoc Required in the Social Work major (upper division) S WK 4 5 9 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work 460 4rn-7 Majoc Required in Social Work major (upper division) --- S WK 4 6 2 Field Work I1 Majoc Required in the Social Work major Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communitites in a soci Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/d i. per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 candidacy status; concurrent with 461 and 467) Majoc Required in the Social Work major (upper division) . .. Major: Required in the Social Work major. (Prereq: 361) (upper division) S WK 3 6 1 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable needs will be emisits highlight the . . .. . . . . of instructor) (upper division) Majoc Required in the Social work major (upper division) S WK 464 Field Work IV Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Majoc Required in the Social Work major (upper division) S WK 466 Field Work 111 Continuation of 462 conducted durin interim. (Prereq: candidacy status. 2.0 in 461. 462.4633 Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) = - Notes - - -- - - '1 '43. I I I' . 1 1
Show less
- Title
- Golden Valley Lutheran College Catalog, 1985-1986
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN
COLLEGE CATALOG
Published Annually by
Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Highway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
(612) 542-1216
Accreditation
Golden Valley Lutheran College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
Directions for Co...
Show more GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 (612) 542-1216 Accreditation Golden Valley Lutheran College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Directions for Correspondence General College Policy. . .. Bernt C. Opsal, President of the College Academic Information. . J. Philip Worthington, Academic Dean Admissions. . Thomas R. Hanson, Director of Admissions Business and Financial Affairs .. Vivian Wiemerslage, Business Office Development . . . . Russell B. Helgeson, Director of Development Financial Aid. . .. Thomas R. Hanson, Director of Financial Aid Records and Transcripts . . . . Marilyn J. Adams, Registrar Student Affairs . Harold Moore, Dean of Students Golden Valley College Reserves the Right to Modify The provisions of this catalog are to be considered informative and directive in character and not as an irrevocable contract between the student and the college. The college reserves the right to make any changes that may to the college seem to be necessary or desirable. Golden Valley Lutheran College in compliance with State and Federal laws and regulations, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, age, marital status, handicap, or status as a veteran in the administration of its admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, educational programs, activities and employment policies. Inquiries regarding compliance and grievance procedures may be directed to the college office manager, Vivian Wiemerslage. This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1984-85 Catalog. TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS College Calendar 6 President's Greeting 7 9 General Information History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives, Accreditation and Transfer of Credit, Affiliations, General Guidelines. Student Life 13 New Student Pre-Registration, Counseling Services, Health Services, Library, Insurance, Housing Services, Student Government and Social Life, Religious Life, Chapel, Student Use of Automobiles, Alcohol and Drug Abuse, Athletics, Music, Drama, Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society, Alumni Association. Admissions Information 19 Application Procedure, Transfer Students, Adult Students, International Students. Costs 21 Student Costs, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan, Refund Schedule, Books and Supplies. Financial Aid 25 Colden Valley Lutheran College Aid, Minnesota State Aid, Federal Government Aid, Work Opportunities, Other Assistance Programs, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid, Scholarships. Academic Program 31 General Academic Information, Orientation and Registration. Graduation Requirements 37 Liberal Arts and Transfer Program, Specialized Program, Junior College Certificate. Programs of Study 41 Course Descriptions 49 Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies; Communications; Social Science; Mathematics, Natural Sciences, and Computer Science; Physical Education and Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Business and Specialized Programs. Directory 72 Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty, Student Services Personnel. Index 78 6 COLLEGE CALENDAR CALENDAR 198.'i-R6 Fall Quarter September 2-6 September 7 September 8 September 9 September 9 September 20 September 27 October 4 October 7-11 November 2 November 4-7 November 18-21 November 21 Student orientation and registration for all students President's Reception-6:00 p.m. -Gymnasium All college worship Classes begin Opening convocation-9:50 a.m. Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Homecoming Registration for winter quarter Final examinations Quarter ends after completion of final examinations Winter Quarter December December December December December 2 13 15 20 20 January 6 January 10 January 13-17 January 21-23 February 3-6 February 24-27 February 27 Classes begin Final day to add a class or change a class section Festival of the Christ Child Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at11:30a.m. Classes resume Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Days of Prayer and Praise Registration for spring quarter Final examinations Quarter ends after completion of final examinations Spring Quarter March 10 March 21 March 27 March 28-30 March 31 April 4 April 7-11 April 22-24 May 2 May 6 May 19-22 May 23 Classes begin Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Easter vacation Classes resume Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Pre-registration for fall quarter Spring banquet Honors Day Final examinations Commencement Calendar Subject to Change PRESIDENT'S GREETING 7 President's Greeting Experiences during the first year after high school play a major role in one's development of a philosophy of life. This consequently determines how one lives his or her life. Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions. We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of both liberal arts and the Scriptures. This is a curriculum we believe will best help the student understand the world in which he or she will be living and working. We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for "making a life." Bernt C. Opsal, President GENERAL INFORMATION 9 GENERAL INFORMATION History Golden Valley Lutheran College is a two-year coeducational liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis. Beginning as a Bible institute in 1919, The Lutheran Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929. In 1961 it moved to Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of people and has sought to meet those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men and women from various geographic, cultural, economic, racial, and religious backgrounds. The Campus and Its Location Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis. The greater Twin City area is a cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest. The academic life of the students is centered in a large two-level complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and lounges are located in this building. Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities include fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer and meditation, and apartments for residence hall directors. Adjacent to Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center is located in Delta dormitory. 10 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Philosophy and Objectives Colden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with programs of study in general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training. It seeks to provide two years of higher education for students interested in the arts and sciences, and also to give opportunity for a study of the sources of the Christian faith. Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment. Students are encouraged to participate in community and church activities. In order to reach these goals, Colden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula: 1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year college or university. 2. Completion of a two-year program that provides the basis for semiprofessional employment in the fields of church staff work, mission, administrative assistant, law enforcement, and a cooperative computer training program. 3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or a semi-professional program. Colden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with opportunities ... to develop knowledge of the Judeo-Christian world view as set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her basic beliefs and spiritual commitments. to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and active membership in Christian congregations. to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theatre through courses and cultural events which take place on the campus and in the metropolitan area. to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and through participation in physical education and sports activities. to develop personal self-confidence through the determination of individual goals, the building of relationships with other people, and the experience of companionship in a Christian setting. GENERAL INFORMATION 11 Accreditation and Transfer of Credit Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their credits will normally transfer to other colleges and universities. A student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete a bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the Associate in Arts degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College. Affiliations North Central Association of Colleges and Schools Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities American Association of Community and Junior Colleges Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges National Junior College Athletic Association - Region XI 11 Minnesota Community College Conference General Guidelines Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly. Each student is expected to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook. The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to withdraw the privilege of a student to return after any quarter and to discipline those who conduct themselves in a manner which is not in the best interest of the individual, other students, or the College. STUDENT UfE 13 STUDENT LIFE Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities and experiences which help develop the whole person. The programs of the College provide wholesome recreation designed to stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships. New Student Pre-Registration Prior to the start of the fal I quarter, new students are invited to the campus to participate in pre-registration activities. During this time the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year. Selected sophomores are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to college life. Counseling Services The major decisions which students have to make during their early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their academic, vocational, social, emotional and spiritual problems. Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each academic term. In addition to individual counseling, several counseling groups, concerned with matters such as personal growth, chemical dependency and other problems, meet regularly. Each student also may make appointments to visit with instructors, residence hall directors, the deans, the College nurse or others on the staff who can give assistance. Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Health Services The College has a full-time registered nurse on the staff to provide basic medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a mile from the campus. Major Twin City hospitals also are readily accessible. 14 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Library The library, located on the ground floor of the Main building, provides a variety of materials and services to support the college curricula. There are over 32,000 volumes, 245 periodicals, local and national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the collection. Through the Minnesota Interlibrary Telecommunications Exchange (MINITEX) the student has access to a vast network of more than ten million volumes in a five state area. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection including phonograph records and cassettes, as well as filmstrips with necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the students. Insurance The College does not assume any responsibility for the loss of or damage to personal property. Many families have homeowners policies that will cover losses of family members at college. Housing Services Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college. If space is available, full-time students live in the College residence halls. Exceptions are those who are married, commute from their homes, or who work for their board and room. Students living on campus participate in the cateteria program which provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for the weekly 21-meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who are commuting may purchase individual meals in the College cafeteria. Student Government and Social Life A forum for student expression and student-initiated improvements in campus life is provided by a Student Senate chosen from the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of studentfaculty relations. It seeks continually to improve and make student life more enjoyable. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the Student Activities Commission (SAC). Homecoming, Sno-Daze and the Spring Banquet are examples of the many social activities available. Guidance regarding student life on campus is provided by the Student Life Handbook. STUDENT LIFE 15 Religious Life As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that religious life activities are an integral part of its program. Therefore the College provides regularly scheduled chapel services, campus worship services, transportation to local church services, all-campus devotions, dormitory devotions and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer & Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child. Religious activities are coordinated by the faculty Chapel & Special Events Committee and by a student Faith & Life Commission. Many students also participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in world mission activities. The College has a fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many students take an active part. There also is an opportunity to serve on outreach teams which travel to present the Gospel in word and song. Chapel All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel program. These programs are varied in content. Some are worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or other special convocation programs. Chapel is the heart and center of our collegiate program. It is here that messages are shared from the Scriptures, and opportunity is given for worship, intellectual stimulation and the development of a sense of community. Each student is encouraged to participate in chapel programs of the college community and to attend public worship every Sunday. Student Use of Automobiles Parking space is limited on campus. Those students who do not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through the Business Office. The Dean of Students has the right to terminate a permit at any time if circumstances warrant such action. The College assumes no responsibility for damage, theft, or vandalism involving student vehicles. 16 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Alcohol and Drug Abuse Colden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances where college officials are informed that Colden Valley Lutheran College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to take disciplinary action. Colden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or drugs in violation of the law will be subject to disciplinary action. The College's action will be determined by the circumstances surrounding each individual case. The College provides counseling services and support groups for those with chemical dependency problems. Athletics Through the physical education and athletic programs the College seeks to teach the value of good health and physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreational activities. Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, track, marathon, and cross country. Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball, marathon and track competition. The College is a member of the Minnesota Community College Conference, and the National Junior College Athletic Association. Intramural programs are available for both men and women. These include activities such as volleyball, basketball, broomball and softball. Music Colden Valley Lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and spiritual values that music contributes to our society. It desires, therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a performing group. These groups include the Colden Valley Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of music literature; the Colden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a pep band and concert band; the Colden Valley Orchestra, a community and college organization; and various vocal and instrumental ensembles. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the College offers private voice and instrumental instruction. STUDENT LIFE 17 The location of the College in the Twin City area provides opportunity for students to gain a new appreciation of the fine arts. Community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and programs given by other colleges including the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment. Drama The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold in its purpose. It attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for drama by encouraging active participation in the field. Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society A chapter of Phi Theta Kappa, a national honor society for two-year colleges, was established in 1981 at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The purpose of the honor society is to recognize and encourage scholarship. Alumni Association The Golden Valley Lutheran College Alumni Association works with former students to maintain an on-going relationship with the College and with each other. It seeks to develop a well-informed and supportive group of alumni through social events and programs planned each year. All former students are considered alumni of the College. ADMISSIONS INFORMATION 19 ADMISSIONS INFORMATION Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested in a quality education with a Christian orientation. All applicants for admission must have earned a high school diploma or its equivalent. In addition, each applicant must furnish required references, satisfactory test scores, and complete a personal interview with an admissions counselor. Perhaps the best way to determine if Golden Valley Lutheran College can meet your needs is to visit our campus. Accordingly, we invite you and your parents to the campus so that you can become acquainted with our faculty, students, and administration. For an appointment please write or call the Office of Admissions. The admissions office is located in the main classroom building and is open Monday through Friday from 8:15 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Saturdays from 9:00 a.m. to 1 :00 p.m. and at other times by appointment. Application Procedure Application materials are available from the Office of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying: 1. Complete and return the Application for Admission together with the non-refundable $10 application fee to: Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422. 2. Request your high school and all colleges you have attended to forward your academic transcript(s) to the Office of Admissions. 3. Submit test results from the American College Test (ACT), the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). 4. Applications are considered in the order they are received. The student is generally notified of the admissions decision within two weeks of the time the application file is complete. Although there is no absolute deadline for applying, high school students are advised to apply for admission as early in their senior year as possible. This is particularly true for those who desire financial aid. 5. A student who is offered admission must notify the Office of Admissions if he or she accepts the offer. A $100.00 tuition deposit is required within three weeks after notification of acceptance has been made. The deposit is refundable until May 1st. The date the College receives this deposit determines the order in which a student will register for the fall quarter. This tuition deposit is applied to the first quarter tuition when the student enrolls. 6. Priority for dormitory room assignment is given on the basis of the date the tuition deposit is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year, beginning with fall term. 20 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 7. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and ieturned. 8. Room assignments and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Transfer Students College work completed at other accredited institutions may be applied toward a degree at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Transfer students are required to follow regular admission procedures and submit an official transcript of their record from each college attended. Credit for college work will be accepted toward an Associate in Arts Degree providing the work is satisfactory in quality and is applicable toward the divisional requirements of the College. Transfer credit will not be granted for courses in which a grade below C- was received. Adu It Students An admissions counselor provides guidance for adult students -who are deciding to attend college for the first time or -who are now planning to return after their college education has been interrupted. Counseling is available for adult students concerning entrance requirements, transfer of credits, financial aid and course planning. For those who apply and are eligible, scholarship funds are available. Both fulltime and part-time students may apply. International Students All international students seeking admission to Golden Valley Lutheran College must submit an International Student Application for Admission, a declaration of finances and appropriate school transcripts. International students are strongly encouraged to submit results of writing the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). COSTS 21 COSTS Student Costs 1985-86 The following sections explain the basic costs to the student and the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of tuition, board, room or fees at any time. The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the College. Approximately 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts and grants. In the present budget, this amounts to over one million dollars a year. Therefore, over and above any financial aid given, each student receives the equivalent of a $2,000 scholarship per year in order to cover the total expenses of the operation. The College does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Gift income is received from congregations, organizations and foundations, and by matching funds from corporations. Most of the funds, however, come as individual gifts from alumni, parents and friends of the College. Over 600 people are supporting the College through the INASMUCH program whereby they have pledged and/or paid from $1,000 to $25,000 over a three-year period. As we make our needs known, the Lord answers our prayers through the gifts of these many friends. SUMMARY OF EXPENSES Tuition Board, Room, and Telephone Total Resident $5,580.00 $2,414.00 $7,994.00 22 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Charges by Quarter The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is considered a fu I I-time student; one who registers for less than 12 credits is considered a part-time student. Tuition for full-time student $1,860.00 Tuition per credit for part-time student 155.00 Board, room, and telephone (average) 805.00 Laboratory fees per course 15.00 Physical education fees per course Varsity courses 15.00 Fee for swimming, bowling, and tennis. ''' 10.00-20.00 Fee for all other P.E. activity courses 5.00 Humanities 200 fee per credit For CVLC students currently enrol led 15.00 For students not currently enrolled at CVLC 30.00 Music fees Private voice and instrument lessons 90.00 Classes for voice and piano lessons- per student . 45.00 Organ rental 14.00 Practice room fee . 10.00 Late registration fee 20.00 This fee is charged if a student fails to register during the registration period for any quarter. It is waived only in cases of illness or family emergencies. Special fees not refundable after 10th day of classes include: laboratory, personal orientation, physical education, organ rental, practice room, and music fees for voice and instrument lessons. Miscellaneous fees Car registration and parking permit per quarter 5.00 Damage deposit ............ . 50.00 Special examinations . 5.00 Academic Transcript fee (first two copies free) . 2.00 Transcripts will be withheld if the student owes the College money. Advance tuition deposit for second year students. 100.00 Reservations for fall registration and dormitory room are based upon the order in which the above payment is received. (Non-refundable). COSTS 23 Payment Schedule Student accounts are payable in accordance with the schedule listed below. Students will receive credit on payments each quarter equal to onethird of the amount of grants and scholarships in their financial aid awards. Students in need of credit or another payment plan must make arrangements with the Student Accounts Manager. No student is permitted to register or participate in College activities if the account for a preceding quarter has not been paid in full. Grades cannot be released, transcripts cannot be forwarded, and degrees cannot be granted until all financial obligations have been met. When credit is extended after registration, a finance charge of one and one-half percent a month (18% APR) is added. Payment Schedule for 1985-86 Fall Quarter June 19 July 19 August 19 Registration Day On Campus 678.00 678.00 678.00 678.00 $2,712.00 Winter Quarter September 28 October 15 November 1 On Campus 880.00 880.00 881.00 + + Sp. Fees Sp. Fees $2,641.00 Spring Quarter December 9 January 6 January 31 On Campus 880.00 880.00 881.00 + Sp. Fees $2,641.00 Off Campus 465.00 465.00 465.00 465.00 $1,860.00 Off Campus 620.00 620.00 620.00 $1,860.00 Off Campus 620.00 620.00 620.00 $1,860.00 + Sp. Fees + Sp. Fees + Sp. Fees Refund Schedule Students who decide to withdraw from college after they have registered and paid their tuition will receive a tuition refund computed from the date the withdrawal form was signed and returned to the Registrar. Also see information under Financial Aid concerning withdrawals. During first week . During second week During the third through the fifth week . During sixth week After sixth week 90% 75% 50% 25% No refund 24 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Room and Board Refunds. If the student leaves school after the sixth week; there wil! be no room refund. Through the sixth vveek, the student will be charged for the time spent on campus plus a two-week room charge. Students will be charged for board through the end of the week in which they leave the campus. If a refund is due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable time. Books and Supplies Textbooks, art, and college supplies may be purchased at the college bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other items also are available for the convenience of students. All purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $125.00 to $150.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books. Estimated book costs for the entire year are $250.00 to $350.00. FINANCIAL AID 25 FINANCIAL AID Colden Valley Lutheran College recognizes the close relationship between students, parents, and the College in meeting the costs of a quality education. Our program of financial assistance is designed to help qualified students who desire a Colden Valley Lutheran College education. Golden Valley Lutheran College Aid The Presidential Scholarship is our most prestigious award. Selection is highly competitive and is based on superior academic ability, excellent character, and demonstrated leadership and service to the church and community. The amount of this scholarship is $5,000 and it is renewable each year provided the student maintains a 3.5 grade point average at Colden Valley Lutheran College. Students must rank in the top 10% of their high school class and submit two recommendations that evidence their service and leadership in their church and community to be considered for the award. Academic Honor Scholarships are awarded to those students who graduate in the top 30% of their high school class or to transfer students who have a 3.00 grade point average with a minimum of 12 transfer credit hours completed. Scholarships vary in amount up to $2,500 and are renewed each year, provided the recipient maintains a 3.00 grade point average in academic work at Colden Valley Lutheran College. Christian Service Awards are available to students who have been active in their church and community. Awards vary in amount up to $2,000. Music, Drama and Athletic Awards each vary in amount up to $1,500. These awards are based on recommendations from professors and coaches with respect to talent and ability to perform. Athletic recipients must abide by the rules and regulations of the Minnesota Community College Conference, the National Junior College Athletic Association, and the rules and regulations of the College. Special Grants and Scholarships have been established by alumni and other friends of the College. These funds are for students whose qualifications meet the conditions and requirements of the specified award. Minnesota State Aid Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants are available to Minnesota residents planning to attend Colden Valley Lutheran College. Awards are based on financial need and educational costs and may range up to $3,500 per year. Students can apply for a grant by completing an ACT Family Financial Statement (FFS), including the section for Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant-In-Aid applicants. 26 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Federal Government Aid Pell Grants are available from the federal government for students meeting certain financial need qualifications. Such grants may total up to $2,100 per year and do not have to be repaid. Students may apply for this grant by checking the appropriate box on either the ACT Family Financial Statement or CSS Financial Aid Form. National Direct Student Loans are funded by the federal government and administered by the College. Loans are granted on the basis of validated financial need. The loans are made at an interest rate of 5% with the student paying neither interest nor principal until six months after graduation or leaving college. Repayment must be completed within 10 years. Guaranteed Student Loans enable eligible students to borrow directly up to $2,500 annually from participating banks or other lenders at an interest rate of 8%. Repayment of loan principal and interest begins six months after graduation or leaving college. The Minnesota Student Loan Program provides Guaranteed Student Loans to eligible students who are unable to find a participating lender to fund them. Parent Loans for Undergraduate Student (PLUS). Parents of undergraduate students may borrow $3,000 per year for each dependent, undergraduate student to a maximum of $15,000 per student. Repayment is made over a five- to ten-year period at an interest rate of 12 % . PLUS loans do not require a needs test. Work Opportunities College Work-Study enables students who demonstrate financial need an opportunity to help defray college expenses through part-time employment. Work-Study students may be employed as cafeteria or maintenance workers, as clerical assistants to professors or as library and audio-visual assistants, as resident assistants, or in any of the numerous available positions. Student Employment. There are numerous part-time employment positions available in the Golden Valley community and the surrounding area. Our College bulletin board carries notices of available employment. Other Assistance Programs College Payment Schedule: Because many people prefer to pay educational expenses in installments, Golden Valley Lutheran College has set up a tuition payment plan. This plan is a convenient payment program beginning in June and ending in February. Hidden Subsidy: Golden Valley Lutheran College gives a "hidden subsidy" each year to every student who attends the College as a full-time student. This "hidden subsidy" reflects the fact that the total instruc- FINANCIAL AID 27 tional program at the College costs more than the total amount received from tuition and fees. Such a "hidden subsidy" is made possible by many gifts from many sources, especially church congregations, alumni, and friends of the College. The College also receives income from endowment funds. Lutheran Brotherhood Loan: If a member of the student's family holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student may borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society at the same rates described under Federal Insured Student Loans. Other Grants: There are a number of grants and scholarships available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult his or her high school counselor and the Director of Financial Aid at Golden Valley Lutheran College for other federal, state, and community-sponsored scholarships and grants. Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid 1. Apply and be accepted for admission to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Request an application form from the Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Golden Valley, MN 55422. 2. If you are applying only for Golden Valley Lutheran College scholarships and grants, and not for state or federal grants, indicate this on the Golden Valley Lutheran College Financial Aid Application. 3. To apply for federal or Minnesota aid you must complete a Family Financial Statement (FFS) and a Student Data Form using income information for the 1984 tax year and submit it to ACT. Forms are available from your high school guidance counselor or by writing the Office of Admissions at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Although the FFS is preferred, non-Minnnesota residents may submit the CSS Financial Aid Form. Allow six to eight weeks for processing of the ACT Family Financial Statement. 4. Since all financial aid programs have limited funds, within ten days of our notifying you that you will receive financial aid you must let us know that you accept the offer. Funds that are not accepted are given to other students who need them. All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic year. Students, however, may expect to receive financial assistance for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during any quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift aid that has been awarded from College funds for the quarter. He or she also forfeits proportionate amounts of aid awarded from state or federal funds for that quarter. Golden Valley Lutheran College makes every effort to enable all accepted students to attend regardless of financial resources. Your financial need may be met through a combination of federal, state, and institutional financial aid programs. We encourage students and parents to visit campus to discuss financial planning. 28 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Scholarships The AAL Lutheran American Minority Scholarship Program is available for any Lutheran American minority person who is a member of a Lutheran church, or is an immigrant who has been sponsored by a Lutheran organization and is attending Golden Valley Lutheran College. In any case, the recipient must be a member of a Lutheran church. Scholarships range from $200 to $1,000 and can be renewed each year. The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for students who hold a certificate of membership and insurance from the Aid Association for Lutherans. The awards are based on academic achievement, Christian character, professional promise and financial need. The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an organization of wives of the faculty and staff members of the College. The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Ethel Borge Memorial Scholarship has been established by Pastor and Mrs. Alton C.O. Halverson in memory of her aunt, Ethel Borge. The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been es tab I ished by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon, Sr. in memory of their son Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha Gjernes Estate. The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service, ministry, missionary work or Bible study. The Haaland Scholarship has been established by Mrs. 0. T. Haaland to be awarded to a student interested in a career of Christian service. The Ruth Homdrom Scholarship has been established by Alton Homdrom in memory of his wife, Ruth Homdrom. The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Gunnar I. Johnson Memorial Scholarship has been established by the Johnson family in memory of Mr. Johnson who was the contractor for the construction of the Golden Valley Lutheran College Campus, 1961-1977. The William A. Johnson Scholarship has been established by William A. Johnson to be awarded each year to a worthy student of strong Christian character who is interested in a business career. FINANCIAL AID 29 The M. T. Lillehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some good student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example." The Logefeil Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. Logefeil and the late Dr. R. C. Logefeil who was the school doctor at one time. The scholarship is to be used to aid a worthy student preparing for the ministry, missionary or some full-time service in the Lord's work. The Lovaas Scholarship has been established by the late Samuel Lovaas to be used for the training of a missionary student who intends to enter missionary work. The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship. is awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college. The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for what this school has meant to them. The Richard Melvig Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but didn't live to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences. The Nelson Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs. Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr. Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College. The Olga A. Monson Memorial Scholarship has been es ta bl ished by Richard and Carol Halverson in memory of her aunt, Olga A. Monson. The Edith B. Norberg Scholarship has been established in memory of Edith and Edwin Norberg to provide scholarships for students pursuing a career in church music. The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the Board of Regents of the College. The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the late Miss Alice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character, leadership, and scholarship. The Jessie Roseland Memorial Scholarship has been established by Richard and Lois Bellows in memory of his mother, to be used for an appreciative student who shows a sincere interest in Christian service to others. The Golden Valley Rotary Scholarship provided by the Golden Valley Rotary Club awards two scholarships annually to two worthy students. 30 GOLDEN V AllEY LUTHERAN COllEGE The Sampson Memorial Scholarship is given in memory of August and ,"v1abc! Sampson, parents of t'v1is. Russell B. Helgesen, the wife of our Development Director. The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of Regents of the College and advisor to the President. The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents, Mr. and Mrs. Han Ching Tang and Mr. and Mrs. Zi Hui Chang. The Tang Church History Scholarship is given by Dr. and Mrs. Christopher Tang in honor of Anna C. Tang and is intended for a student who has shown excellence in church history courses. The Manda Twete Scholarship has been provided by Miss Manda Twete, a friend of the College. It is awarded to a student on the basis of Christian character and demonstrated need. The Mary D. Wagner Scholarship Fund has been established by Mrs. Wagner for needy and worthy students who are particularly interested in the study of the Bible. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 31 ACADEMIC PROGRAM Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution which allows a student to concentrate in the areas of general education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation. Students who plan to earn a four-year degree are encouraged to satisfy general education requirements while attending Golden Valley Lutheran College. When this suggestion is followed, students may concentrate on their major and other requirements during the last two years of college. General education courses invite the student to learn about the world, the scientific method, the society in which he or she lives, the fine arts and humanities, and the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological studies. General Academic Information Credit load and Student Classification A normal credit load consists of 16 credits per quarter. Exceptions to this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's academic advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be granted by the Academic Dean. Individuals enrolled for 12 or more credits per quarter are considered full-time students. Individuals with less than 12 credits are considered part-time students. A student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits is classified as a freshman. A student who has earned 45 or more cumulative credits is classified as a sophomore. The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit. Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and tuition costs are the same as costs for credit. 32 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Grading and Honor Point System A student's grade point average is computed at the end of each quarter. The grade point average is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by the number of credits attempted. Honor points are computed by the following scale: Honor Points Grade Per Credit A Superior 4 B Above Average 3 Average 2 D Below Average 1 F Failure 0 c I v w WF s u Incomplete* Audit Withdrawn** Withdrawn, failing** Satisfactory*** Unsatisfactory*** 2 for J.C.C. only *A grade of I will be granted to a student for reasons beyond the student's control if the student has done satisfactory work prior to the emergency and after consultation by the student with the course instructor. Incomplete work must be made up satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the student attends or within one year if the student does not return to Colden Valley Lutheran College. If a student desires an extension beyond four weeks, he or she must secure approval of the instructor involved and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the extension. If the work is not completed in the allotted time, the grade becomes an F. **Withdrawals after the third week of classes and through mid-term are indicated by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after the mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas determined by the instructor. A student may not withdraw from a course after final examinations begin. ***The grading system of Sand U is used only for those courses which are taken to meet the requirements of the Junior College Certificate. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the Junior College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The U grade yields no honor points or credits. Academic Honors An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or better are included on the Dean's List. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 33 Academic Progress In accordance with policies established by the administration and faculty, a student will be r:ounseled in relation to academic progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when a student's grade point average is less than 2.00; (b) when his or her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 he or she will be placed on academic probation. The College reserves the right to dismiss a student if his or her academic performance is regarded as unsatisfactory. A student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.5 for a quarter may have co-curricular activites curtailed or programs of study reduced at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing Committee. U nsatisfadory Academic Progress For purposes of reporting, a full-time student shall be considered as making unsatisfactory progress if the student fails to earn 31 credits within each academic year. Eligibility for Varsity Sports Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student during the qualifying and competing quarter. A student's eligibility is reviewed each quarter. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.) No student shall be certified on an eligibility list until the College has received the final transcript indicating the high school graduation date and any college transcript(s), if another college has been attended. The responsibility to obtain any such transcripts rests upon the individual student. Credit by Special Examination Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific departmental policies. Transfer Students The actual number tions are entered on grade points are not average. Transfer credit will C- was received. of credits accepted in transfer from other instituthe student's record, but transferred credits and included in the computation of the grade point not be granted for courses in which a grade below 34 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Class Attendance Each student is responsible for regular class attendance and for completing work as required in each class. With respect to absences or makeup work, it is the student's responsibility to learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a student may be withdrawn from a course for an excessive number of absences or uncompleted assignments. Independent Study A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the criteria established by the department and have the approval of the chairperson of the department in which he or she plans to do the study. Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which the Independent Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in Independent Study, and a demonstration of relevance to the student's academic objectives. Independent Study applications are available in the Registrar's Office. Bible and English Requirements All students enrolled for eight credits or more are required to take at least one Bible course each quarter that they attend classes at the College. A student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible but is required to take one course each quarter while enrolled at the College. All Bible core courses listed in the Department of Biblical Studies will satisfy this requirement. All degree seeking students are required to register for English until the sequence, English 111 and 112-College Composition, and English 113lntroduction to Literature, has been completed. Placement in English as a Second Language and English 100or110, or 111 will be determined by specific English Placement tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their registration for winter or for spring quarters. Co-Curricular Activity Credits A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied toward an Associate in Arts Degree. Co-curricular activities include all music ensembles, theatre practice, Christian service, additional physical education activity courses after the three required courses are completed, and activity credits that a transfer student might bring to the College. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 35 Orientation and Registration All students must report to the College for Orientation Days as indicated in the calendar in this catalog. The orientation period includes a series of placement and personality tests which are used to provide a more effective placement and counseling service for students. Both new and returning students are required to register on the days indicated in the calendar. Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. All students have at their disposal the advice and counsel of faculty advisors. Before registering for any term, the student must consult with his or her advisor concerning the schedule of study. The selection of the proper courses is the individual student's responsibility. Changes in Registration Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days of classes with the written approval of the academic advisor. A Change of Course Permit for this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's Office. After the tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be added except by special permission. A student may not withdraw from a course after final examinations begin. Repeating a Course A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at the time of registration for the course. If a student repeats a course in which a Dor F grade has been received, only the more recent grade and credit earned will be included in the computation of the grade point average. Both grades, however, will remain on the student's permanent record. Withdrawals from the College A student who wishes to withdraw from the College during any term must make application for this action in the Office of the Registrar. When the application has been signed and returned to the Office of the Registrar, grades of W will be recorded for all courses. Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the date that the application is returned to the Registrar. Failure to comply with this regulation may deprive a student of refund privileges and result in an F grade in all classes. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 37 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her program includes all requirements for graduation Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan their college program as a whole as early as possible A student who is in doubt about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with his or her academic advisor, the Registrar, or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the Committee on Academic Affairs. 38 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program This program is designed for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements for this degree are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below. The further requirements in a selected curriculum are recommended and the student should attempt to fulfill them. 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science Mathematics and Natural Sciences CREDIT HOURS 18 9 12 8-12 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 COURSES Bible Core English 111, 112, 113 Business 200 or 210 or any Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation and Social Service courses Any Mathematics or Natural Science courses except Biology 130, Mathematics 100, 101 Any Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120 Any three different one credit activity courses GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 39 Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program This program is designed for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized nature. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements for this degree are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum. 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science CREDIT HOURS 18 9 6 Mathematics and Natural Sciences 4 Creative Arts 3 Physical Education 3 COURSES Bible Core English 111, 112, 113 Any Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation and Social Service courses Any Mathematics or Natural Science courses except Biology 130, Mathematics 100, 101 Any Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120 Any three different one credit activity courses The Junior College Certificate This certificate will be awarded to those students who complete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy the requirements for an Associate in Arts Degree. A student receiving this certificate must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are: 1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible course per term. 2. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 1.00. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 41 PROGRAMS OF STUDY Details of the curricula listed below are outlined on the pages which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity arises. A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. Basic Liberal Arts 2. Liberal Arts with concentration in Basic Science 3. Liberal Arts with concentration in courses for Specific Professions a. Agriculture b. Biblical and Theological Studies c. Business Administration d. Classics e. Computer Science f. Corrective Therapy g. Dentistry h. Education-Elementary i. Education-Secondary j. Education-Special k. Engineering I. Forestry m. Law n. Medicine o. Music (Pre-Bachelor of Arts) p. Music (Pre-Bachelor of Music) q. Nursing r. Occupational Therapy s. Pharmacy t. Physical Education u. Physical Therapy v. Recreation Leadership w. Social Work B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program 1. Administrative Assistant 2. Administrative Assistant: Legal Office 3. Church Staff Work 4. Computer Training and Electronics Assistant 5. Law Enforcement 6. World Mission 42 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE A. Curricula Leading to The Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. BASIC LIBERAL ARTS Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science Mathematics and Natural Sciences· 18 9 12 8-12 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 Electives-minimum of 36 Bible Core English 111, 112, 113 Business 200 or 210 or any Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation and Social Service courses Any Mathematics except Mathematics 100, 101 or any Natural Science except Biology 130 Any Creative Art courses except Applied Music, Music Ensembles, Theatre 120 Any three different one credit activity courses Speech 100or120, Computer Science 160, Foreign Language recommended 2. LIBERAL ARTS WITH CONCENTRATION IN BASIC SCIENCE Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science 18 9 12 Mathematics and Natural Sciences 24 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 Electives-minimum of 20 Bible Core English 111, 112, 113 Business 200 or 210 or any Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation and Social Service courses Courses which will complete sequences in Biology (except Biology 130) and/or Chemistry and/or Physics and/or Mathematics (except Mathematics 100, 101) Any Creative Art courses except Applied Music, Music Ensembles, Theatre 120 Any three different one credit activity courses A complete year of sophomore level courses in Mathematics or Natural Science recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 43 3. LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS INTERESTED IN SPECIFIC PROFESSIONS The College has established specific preliminary training for students desiring entrance into certain professions. Students interested in these professions should consult the appropriate college catalogs, discuss plans with their faculty advisor, and check with the Registrar to insure proper course selection. Completion of one of the following curricula leads to an Associate in Arts Degree and satisfies the basic requirements for the first two years of the particular professional program. a. Agriculture The Basic Science Curriculum and including: b. Biblical and Theological Studies The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: c. Business Administration The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: d. Classics The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: e. Computer Science The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: f. Corrective Therapy The Basic Science Curriculum and including: Biology 111, 112, 113, 121, 231, 242 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Recommended courses-selections from: Mathematics 102, 103 Business 200, 210 21-30 credits of Bible Core Courses Theology 121, 122, 123 Recommended courses-selections from: New Testament courses Greek 101, 102, 103 Speech 100 Computer Science 160 Business 101, 102, 103, 120, 150, 200, 210 Business 100 if needed Recommended courses-selections from: Sociology 100 Psychology 202, 203 Business courses Computer Science courses English 221 History 111, 112 Anthropology 100 Greek 101, 102, 103, 300 Recommended courses- selections from: German 101, 102, 103 Mathematics 102 Computer Science 160, 170, 210, 220 Recommended courses- selections from: Business 200, 210 Mathematics 103, 110, 120 German 101, 102, 103 Speech 100 or 120 Psychology 202, 203 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 200, 210 44 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE g. Dentistry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: Biology 111, 112, 113, 231, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 200 Recommended courses-selections from: Mathematics 102 and 103 or 200 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Education Students planning to teach on the elementary or secondary level will need a four-year program in the Liberal Arts or Sciences and the teacher education courses required for a certificate. The curricula outlined below fulfill requirements for a Minnesota certificate for the first two years Completion of any one of these curricula leads to the Associate in Arts Degree h. Education- Elementary The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: i. Education- Secondary The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: j. Education- Special The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: k. Engineering The Basic Science Curriculum and including: I. Forestry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: m. Law The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Geography 100 History 201, 202, 203 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 113 Physical Education 120, 130 Recommended courses-selections from: Private lessons in piano and voice Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 Recommended courses-selections from: Special fields of interest Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 Physics 102, 103 Mathematics 102, 103, and 200 or 201 Business 200, 210 Recommended courses-selections from: Mathematics 202, 203 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113, 121, 231, 242 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Recommended courses-selections from: Mathematics 102, 103 Business 200, 210 Speech 100or120 History 201, 202, 203 Political Science 100, 200 Psychology 202, 203 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Business 200, 210 PROGRAMS OF STUDY n. Medicine The Basic Science Curriculum and including: o. Music (Pre-Bachelor of Arts) The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: p. Music (Pre-Bachelor of Music) The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: 45 Biology 111, 112, 231, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 200 Recommended courses-selections from: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Mathematics 102 and 103 or 200 Biology 243 Physics 102, 103 Music 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213 6 credits Applied Music 6 credits Music Ensembles Recommended courses-selections from: History 121, 122, 123 6-9 credits Social Science Courses 4 credits Mathematics or Natural Science courses Music 111, 112, 113, 121, 122, 123, i31, 132, 133, 211, 212, 213 6 credits Applied Music 6 credits Music Ensembles Recommended courses-selections from: History 121, 122, 123 Biology 113 q. Nursing The Basic Science Curriculum and including: r. Occupational Therapy The Basic Science Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 111, 112, 231, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 200 Recommended courses-selections from: Sociology 100, 110, 120 Biology 243 Physics 102 Physical Education 120, 130 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 111, 112, 231, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physical Education 120, 130 Recommended courses- selections from: Sociology 100, 110, 120 Biology 243 s. Pharmacy The Basic Science Curriculum and including: Biology 111, 112, 231, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 200 Recommended courses-selections from: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 243 Mathematics 102 and 103 or 200 46 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE t. Physical Education The curriculum outlined below will promote the necessary prerequisites leading to the Minnesota teaching certificate. The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: u. Physical Therapy The Basic Science Curriculum and including: v. Recreation Leadership The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: w. Social Work The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 110, 120, 130, 200, 210 Recommended courses-selections from: History 121, 122, 123, 201, 202, 203 Sociology 100, 110, 210 Psychology 202-203 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 111, 112, 231, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physical Education 120, 130 Recommended courses-selections from: Sociology 100, 110, 120 Biology 243 Physics 102, 103 Speech 100 or 130 Physical Education 110, 120, 200, 210 Recreation Leadership 110, 120, 210, 220, 230 Recommended courses-selections from: Sociology 100, 110, 212 Psychology 202, 203 Sociology 100 Psychology 202, 203 Biology 111, 112 Recommended courses-selections from: Anthropology 100 Political Science 100 Sociology 100, 210, 212 Social Service Internship Biology 232, 233 Mathematics 110 Business 200 Secretarial Science 220 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 47 B. Curricula Leading to The Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program 1. ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT Occupational objectives of the curriculum are in the fields of executive secretary, word processing supervisor, administrative assistant, office manager, private secretary, technical secretary. The Specialized Program Curriculum and including: Office Information Systems 102, 103, 130, 140, 150, 200, 210, 230, 240, 250 Office Information Systems 101 if needed Business 100, 140, 150 2. ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT: LEGAL OFFICE The Specialized Program Curriculum and including: Office Information Systems 103, 130, 140 150, 200, 210, 221, 222, 230, 240, 250 Business 100, 150 3. CHURCH STAFF WORK The responsibilities that may be assigned to a church staff worker often fall into the following general categories: parish education, youth work, visitation, and parish secretary. The Specialized Program Curriculum and including: Theology 121, 122, 123 Church History 200 Speech 150 Psychology 120, Sociology 120 Office Information Systems 102 Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 201, 202, 203, 211, 221, 223, 230 Biology 113 Sociology and Psychology courses recommended 4. COMPUTER TRAINING OR ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN Cooperative educational programs are available between Golden Valley Lutheran College and Control Data Institute for training as computer technicians and programmers, and between GVLC and Northwestern Electronics Institute for training in the field of electronics technician. Students spend at least one academic year at the College and complete a specified course with Control Data or Northwestern Electronics: A maximum of 45 credits from these institutions will be accepted toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The Specialized Program Curriculum and including: 10-15 credits Mathematics and Natural Science (selections from Mathematics 102, 103, Physics 102, 103) Recommended courses-selections from: History 123 Sociology 100, 110, 120 5. LAW ENFORCEMENT The Specialized Program Curriculum and including: Speech 100 or 120 12 credits Social Science courses Physical Education 150 Law Enforcement 100, 110, 120, 130, 150, 160, 170, 180 Recommended courses-selections from: Political Science 100 Psychology 120 Sociology 100, 110, 120, 210, 212 Biology 113 48 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 6. WORLD MISSION The Specialized Program Curriculum and including: Theology 121, 122, 123 Speech 100 or 120 12 credits Social Science courses 8 credits Mathematics or Natural Science courses Christian Service 110 9 credits Applied Christianity courses Mission 100, 110, 120 Biology 113 recommended COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 49 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS The descriptions of courses are arranged according to divisions. The course numbering system is as follows: The first digit of the course number indicates (1) freshman course, (2) sophomore course, or (3) special course for advanced students. The second digit indicates the standing of the course within the Department. The third digit indicates the term in which the course is offered - (1) fall quarter, (2) winter quarter, (3) spring quarter, and (O) flexible scheduling. The College reserves the right to cancel classes with inadequate enrollment or to change course offerings when the necessity arises. I. DIVISION OF BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES A sequence of Biblical courses has been established to provide maximum coverage of Biblical concepts by students taking the minimum Bible requirement. The Bible Core courses are: N.T. 101, 103, 110, 120, 13~ 140, 202, 203 O.T. 102, 201 Greek 101, 102, 103 History 102 English 230 A student may substitute Greek 101, 102, 103 for 9 credits of required Bible Core courses. DEPARTMENT OF BIBLICAL STUDIES 0.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament 3 credits The covenant purposes and acts of God as they appear in the historical record of God's people in the Old Testament, with some reference to the continuation and fulfillment of the covenant promise in the New Testament, especially the Gospel of John. Student may not receive credit for both O.T. 102 and History 102. O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah 3 credits An historical survey of the last two centuries of the Kingdom of Judah and a study of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah. Special attention is given to the new covenant and the suffering servant passages. N.T. 101 Historical Foundations of the Christian Faith 3 credits A study of the origins of Christianity with particular reference to the primary sources, The Gospel of Luke and The Book of Acts. Particular reference is made to the life and teachings of Christ. N.T. 103 Historical Development of First Century Christianity 3 credits A study of the structure and historical setting of the early Christian Church with particular reference to Paul's Epistles to the Galatians, Corinthians and the Prison Epistles. 50 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE N.T. 110 The Gospel According to Matthew 3 credits A brief survey of the Jewish, Greek and Roman backgrounds, a short introduction to the Gospels, and an intensive study of the life and work of Christ in the light of Old Testament prophecy. Offered alternate years. N.T.120 Epistle to the Hebrews 3 credits A study of the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy in Jesus Christ and His supremacy and finality. The student is involved with the inductive method of studying the Bible. Offered alternate years. N.T. 130 General Epistles 3 credits An inductive study of the Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude with special attention paid to their unique features as compared to other New Testament epistles. Offered alternate years. 3 credits N.T. 140 The Gospel of John An inductive study concentrating upon the Person and work of Jesus Christ as seen uniquely in the theology of John. N.T. 202 Romans 3 credits An intensive study of the Epistle to the Romans, considering its background, doctrinal content and inspirational message, and emphasizing the doctrine of justification by faith with its implications for the Christian life. N.T. 203 Apocalyptic Literature 3 credits A survey of the struggle of the Church against Rome, 70-100 A.D. and the central Christology of the Book of Revelation with student interpretation and evaluation of study results. Bible 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Study of special Biblical problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND CHURCH HISTORY Courses in this department cannot be substituted for the Bible core courses. Theology 121 God's Way of Salvation 2 credits A study of justification, sanctification and the Christian hope of eternal I ife as set forth by the Scriptures. The course utilizes the inductive method. Theology 122 The God of Redemption 2 credits A study of the Scriptures and other sources utilizing the inductive technique and with concentration on the attributes of God, the incarnation, the Person and redemptive work of Christ, the sanctifying work of the Holy Spirit, and the relevance of faith in the Triune God in relation to the great fact of redemption. Theology 123 The Church and the Means of Grace 2 credits A study of Scripture and collateral readings using the inductive technique with respect to the means of grace and the role of the Church as custodian thereof. Theology 300 Independent Study 1 to 2 elective credits per term Study of special theological problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. Church History 200 Religion in Modern America 3 credits Survey of the role and importance of religion in the United States with emphasis upon changing conditions and practices among the various religious groups and upon the Lutheran heritage. Especially for the Church Staff Work Curriculum. Church History 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special problems and areas of study in Church History. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 51 II. DIVISION OF COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Placement in ESL, English 100 or 110, or 111 is determined by specific English Placement tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their registration for winter or for spring quarters. English ESL English as a Second Language 2 elective credits per term ESL is a course in English for international students. Emphasis is placed on the spoken English and on students' development of their communication skills. By repeating pronunciation drills, memorizing dialogues, reviewing basic grammar and practicing American idioms and sentence patterns, students increase their fluency in English. Students in ESL must be enrolled concurrently in an English composition course. ESL requires three scheduled hours per week and normally is required of all international students each quarter they are in attendance. English 100 Basic Composition I 1 credit for Junior College Certificate only Designed for the student needing individualized instruction in basic sentence and paragraph construction. Successful completion of the course (passing grade) is necessary before the student can enter English 110 and then the required English sequence (English 111, 112, 113). This course meets three hours each week. English 110 Basic Composition II 3 elective credits For students entering college who need intensive work in mastering basic academic skills in English Composition. Successful completion of this course (passing grade) is necessary before these students can enter the required sequence of English courses (English 111, 112, 113). Students are granted elective credit toward the AA Degree, but since this course may not transfer to four-year colleges, students are advised to take more than the normal 92 credits. Students in this course are required to attend four hours of class and/or additional sessions each week. English 111, 112, 113 (A, B, C, D, E or F) College Composition and Introduction to Literature 3 credits per course The regular series of courses in freshman College Composition English 111 and 112 place emphasis on the students' development and competence in English writing skills and their ability to understand and respond to selected readings. English 113 offers study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. Nine credits of College English are required of all students. Normally, College English courses must be taken in sequence. 1 elective credit per term (maximum of 3 credits) Students are involved in the production of a major publication, including exercise in layout and design, copywriting, photography, and editing. English 120 Directed Study in Journalism English 130 Creative Writing 3 credits Students are given the opportunity to write poetry, short stories, essays and other literary forms. Topics such as literary criticism and marketing are discussed. Students read and evaluate each other's work. English 210 Topics in Literature 3 credits Study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. 52 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE English 211, 212, 213 American Literature 3 credits per course 211: The f'Jevv Garden of Eden: The 17th & 18th Centuries 212: The Snake in the Garden: The 19th Century 213: The Garden Becomes a Wasteland: The 20th Century English 221, 222, 223 World Literature 3 credits per course Chronological survey of major writers, works, genres, themes and movements in world thought and literature from ancient to modern times. Fall Term: Ancient East, Greece, Rome and the Middle Ages. Winter Term: Renaissance, NeoClassical and Romantic Literature. Spring Term: The Modern Age (1850 to the present). English 230 Literature of the Bible 3 credits Students do extensive reading of the narratives, poems, and apocalyptic writings primarily from the Old Testament. Emphasis is placed on reading the selections as pieces of literature. English 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special study programs to fit student needs and interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Speech 100 Fundamentals of Public Speaking 3 credits A study of the basic concepts used in organizing and delivering speeches. Emphasis on preparing and giving informative speeches. Speech 120 Interpersonal Communication 3 credits Study of the concepts of interpersonal communication patterns and the characteristics of ineffective and effective communication behavior. Speech 130 Oral Interpretation 3 credits Theory and practice of the techniques of selecting and performing literature orally. Students will study methods of analyzing literature, and will develop techniques for reading prose, poetry and other literary selections. Offered alternate years. Speech 150 Small Group Communications 3 credits Participation in and analysis of behavioral and work norms in small groups. Includes a study of leadership. roles, conflict resolution patterns, informal counseling, and the decision-making process. Speech 210 Public Speaking 3 credits A study of theories and ethics of persuasion. Practice in the art of speaking to persuade or actuate. Prerequisite: Speech 100 or instructor's approval. Speech 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Research or other creative projects within a speech communication discipline. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 53 DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 101, 102, 103 Elementary German 4 credits per course Fundamentals of grammar, vocabulary, pronounciation, writing, reading and speaking; reading of some simple German prose and poetry. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent registration in English 111. 3 credits per course German 201, 202, 203 Intermediate German Review of Elementary German and further study of literary selections; emphasis is on speaking, reading and writing German during the winter and spring terms. Prerequisite: German 101, 102, 103 or two years of high school German or instructor's approval. 2 credits per term (maximum 6 credits) Students become familiar with selected works of German literature, and increase their reading speed and comprehension of German. Department approval necessary. German 210 Directed Readings in German 1 to 3 elective credits per term German 300 Independent Study Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. 5 credits per course Greek 101, 102, 103 Elementary Greek Theoretical and practical study of elementary Greek grammar; readings and parsing of selections from the Book of Acts and other selections. Instructor's approval necessary for first year students. Greek 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. Additional Languages-Arrangements can be made for the study of other languages, such as Spanish, French, and Russian if students can provide their own transportation. Interested students should contact the Academic Dean. 54 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Ill. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY, POLITICAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY History 102 History of Ancient Israel 3 credits Survey of the history of Ancient Israel and the development of the religious insight of the Hebrew people. Attention also is given to the importance of Mesopotamia and Egyptian contributions to the literature of the Bible. Student may not receive credit for both O.T. 102 and History 102. 3 credits History 111 History of Ancient Greece Survey of Greek history and culture from the Minoan period through Hellenistic times. 3 credits History 112 History of Ancient Rome Survey of Roman history and culture from prehistoric times through the late Roman Empire. 3 credits History 113 History of Medieval Europe Survey of European civilization from the transformation of the Roman Empire through the fifteenth century. History 121, 122, 123 History of Western Civilization 3 credits per course Survey of the development and accomplishments of Western Civilization with emphasis on institutional, intellectual and spiritual aspects. Fall term: Late Medieval, Renaissance and Reformation. Winter term: Early Modern Europe. Spring term: Modern Europe in a World Setting. 3 credits per course History 201, 202, 203 History of the United States Survey of the history of the American people with primary emphasis on their social, intellectual, political, and economic growth. Fall: Pre-Colonial through Early National Period; Winter: War of 1812 through Reconstruction; Spring: 1877 to the present. 3 credits History 230 Topics in History Topics in history of special interest to students and instructors, such as the history of women, ethnic histories, period histories, movement studies or institutional histories. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. History 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special historical periods and problems; research into particular areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Political Science 100 American Government and Politics 3 credits Study of the principles and structure of Federal Government in the United States and of political issues of the current scene. Political Science 200 Modern Political Thought 3 credits Comparative study of Communism, Fascism and Modern Capitalism in the light of the contemporary Christian thought. Political Science 210 Topics in Political Science 3 credits Topics in political science of special interest to students and instructors, such as comparative political thought, practical politics, foundations of democratic thought or study of political institutions. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or instructor's approval. Political Science 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Research into special areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 55 Geography 100 Human Geography 3 credits Survey of the basic tools and concepts of geography and the distribution patterns of physical and human environment, plus emphasis on selected areas. Geography 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special interests and area studies. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND HUMANITIES Philosophy 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 credits Introduction to the functions and problems of philosophy with more detailed consideration of the problems of knowledge, existence, freedom, good and evil. Philosophy 103 logic 3 credits A study of the principles of correct reasoning with emphasis on the recognition and assessment of arguments. Equal consideration is given to informal and formal logic. Philosophy 130 Biological Ethics 3 credits Theological and philosophical approach to the ethical concerns arising in biology and technology of the late 20th century. Same as Biology 130. Philosophy 200 Topics in Philosophy 3 credits Philosophical problems and topics of special interest to particular students. Philosophy 201, 202, 203 History of Western Philosophy 3 credits per course Survey of the important men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Creeks to the present. Fall term: Ancient philosophy. Winter term: Medieval philosophy. Spring term: Modern philosophy. Offered alternate years. Philosophy 211 Philosophy of Basic Religions and Islam 3 credits A study of the philosophical systems, theology and practice of African and other traditional religions, and the philosophy, culture and history of Islam. Course includes guest speakers and field trips. Philosophy 212 Philosophy of Judaism 3 credits A study of the philosophical system, theology, culture, practice and history of Judaism. Course includes guest speakers and field trips to synagogues. Philosophy 213 Philosophy of Eastern Religions 3 credits A study of the philosophical systems, theology, practice and culture of Eastern religions (Hinduism, Taoism, Confucianism, Shinto) with special emphasis on Buddhism. Course includes guest speakers and field trips. Philosophy 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Study of special philosophical problems or areas appropriate to the students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. Humanities 200 Travel and Study 1 to 3 elective credits Cultural enrichment through travel. Tours guided or arranged by faculty members. Substantial papers and reports required. Normally this course counts as elective credit. Credits may be used to fulfill divisional requirements upon divisonal approval. 56 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL ORIENTATION Psychology 120 Psychoiogy of Adjustment 3 credits Development of a knowledge of psychology that will be useful in attaining more effective personal living and relationships with other people. Psychology 202, 203 General Psychology 3 credits per course Study of the more significant facts and principles in the field of human behavior; provides a basic introduction to several areas of specialization in psychology. Prerequisite for Psychology 203: Psychology 202. Psychology 210 Child Development 3 credits Study of human growth and development from conception through preadolescence. Review of research and theories. Prerequisite: Two or more terms of college work completed or instructor's approval. Psychology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Personal Orientation 100 Individual Work in College Study Skills one credit per term for Junior College Certificate only. Arranged on an individual basis for students desiring to work on a single aspect of study skills, mathematics, reading, spelling or vocabulary development. Laboratory sessions in the skills center. Personal Orientation 110 Efficient Reading 1 elective credit Arranged on an individual basis to enable students to develop ski I Is in vocabulary, reading comprehension, and reading rate for success in college and later life. Laboratory sessions in the skills center. Personal Orientation 120 College Vocabulary Development 2 elective credits Designed to introduce students to basic principles of vocabulary development. Aimed at general vocabulary as well as the specific vocabularies of various academic disciplines. Personal Orientation 130 How to Study in College 1 elective credit Practice of methods of study developed from information based on research and student experience. Concerned with efficient and effective methods of concentration, use of time, taking lecture notes, textbook reading, organizing material, preparing for and taking examinations. Personal Orientation 160 Fundamentals of Spelling 1 elective credit Designed to provide the student with a systematic approach to spelling; the course will utilize a self-paced, audio-tutorial format. Personal Orientation 170 The Research Paper 1 or 2 elective credits Designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to create a research paper; the course will utilize the self-paced, audio-tutorial format. The end result of the course will be the production of a research paper for another class. Prerequisite: English 111 or instructor's permission. Laboratory sessions in the skills center. Personal Orientation 200 Career and Life Planning 2 elective credits Designed to teach skills for making career decisions appropriate to the student's values, needs, aptitudes, skills or talents, interests and goals. Laboratory sessions in the I ibrary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 57 DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL SERVICE AND ANTHROPOLOGY Sociology 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 credits Study of the structures and functions of society and culture as seen through sociological perspectives; focus is on selected problems, social organizations and socialization in the context of change. 3 credits Sociology 110 Social Problems Survey of contemporary social problems with development of the students' understanding of the processes involved in historical, social and cultural change. 3 credits Sociology 120 Marriage and Family Study of the life cycle, mate selection, marital adjustment and parent-child relationships; to provide practical help for those interested in preparing for marriage from a Christian point of view. Sociology 130 Urban Field Experience 1 elective credit per course (maximum 3 credits) Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to orient students to the urban setting. Different offerings of the course will focus on different topics. Hours arranged for lectures and laboratory periods. Sociology 210 The Urban Center 3 credits Introduction to the problems of modern cities, urban ecology, urban institutions and the urban way of life. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or instructor's approval. Offered alternate years. Sociology 212 Minority Group Relations 3 credits Study of minority groups, especially Native and Black Americans, and the problems of the contemporary scene. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or instructor's approval. Offered alternate years. Sociology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special sociological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Social Service 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204 Internship 1-3 credits per term Practical experience and observation in working with social service agencies; orientation and help in choosing vocational goals in different areas of social service. For students entering Social Work. Anthropology 100 Introduction to Physical Anthropology 3 credits and Archaeology Survey of the field of physical anthropology and the archaeological methods used in the study of prehistory. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 110 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 credits Survey of the field of cultural anthropology with the study of the varieties of the human race, their origins, cultural characteristics, and spiritual orientation. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special anthropological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests. Department approval necessary. 58 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE IV. DIVISION OF MATHEMATICS, NATURAL SCIENCES, AND COMPUTER SCiENCE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Mathematics 100 Basic Algebra 1 credit for Junior College Certificate only Review of arithmetic of whole numbers, fractions and signed numbers, fundamental operations of algebra, factoring, linear equations and rational expressions. Three class periods per week. Mathematics 101 Intermediate Algebra 3 elective credits Introduction to basic mathematical concepts, sets, the number system, factoring, fractions, inequalities, linear, and quadratic equations. Students are required to attend three hours of class and an additional fourth hour each week in the skills center. Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. Mathematics 102 College Algebra 5 credits Algebraic operations with real numbers, linear and quadratic functions, polynomials, combinations, binomial theorem, probability, mathematical induction, analytic geometry, matrices and determinants. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 103 Pre-Calculus 4 credits Functions and inverse functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions and trigonometric identities, solution of triangles, complex numbers, polar coordinates and analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Mathematics 102 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 110 Introductory Statistics 4 credits Study of basic statistical concepts: probability, sampling, normal distribution, statistical estimation, and hypothesis testing. Problems are applied in the fields of business, social and physical sciences. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 120 Finite Mathematics 5 credits Computing with BASIC computer language. Principles of counting and probability, business mathematics, matrices and inverse matrices, Markov chains, linear programming including simplex method. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 200 Elements of Calculus 5 credits A short course with applications in biology, business and social sciences. Short review of algebra. Continuity and the limit of a function. Derivative and its interpretation, maximum and minimum problems, antiderivative, the definite integral, exponential and logarithmic functions, functions of several variables. Prerequisite: Mathematics 102 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 201 Calculus I 5 credits Short review of algebra, introduction to plane analytic geometry. The derivatives of functions and their applications. The integration of simpler functions and the applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 202 Calculus II 5 credits Differentiation and integration of trigonometric and logarithmic functions. Techniques of integration: by parts, by change, of variable, by approximation methods, etc. Parametric equations and polar coordinates. Applications to geometrical and physical problems. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201 or instructor's approval. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 59 Mathematics 203 Calculus Ill 5 credits Vector treatment of three-dimensional analytic geometry, functions of two or more variables, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, and differential equations. Applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 202 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Physics 100 Environmental Physics 4 credits Survey of physics as related to the environment and everyday experiences of the physical world. The concepts in mechanics, heat, sound, light and atomic physics are developed non-mathematically. One double laboratory per week is devoted to student projects or to experiments in the laboratory. Primarily for non-science majors. No prerequisite. Physics 102 General Physics I 5 credits Study of physical principles in mechanics, fluids, wave motion, and heat, with applications to practical situations. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in various technical areas. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Physics 103 General Physics II 5 credits The fundamental physical concepts in electricity, magnetism, optics, and nuclear physics will be studied using practical applications. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in technical areas. Prerequisite: Physics 102 or instructor's approval. Physics 120 Field Experience in Physics 1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits) Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods. Physics 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 111 Life Studies 1 4 credits Introduction to biology- I ife versus non-life, cellular design and process, organism types (unity amidst complexity), energy sources, yields, and efficiencies in life systems. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research laboratory weekly. Biology 112 Life Studies II 4 credits The individual life pattern: cell regulation and division, sex cell formation and fertilization, genetics and embryology. Survey of the plant and animal kingdoms. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Biology 111 or instructor's approval. Biology 113 Environmental Biology 4 credits Traces exploration - conservation -ecology-consciousness through perspectives of behavior, populations, ecosystems and biosphere understanding and application. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research laboratory weekly. 60 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Biology 114 Field Ecology 4 credits An ecosystem approach to the local flora and fauna of selected geographic areas. Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods. Biology 120 Field Experience in Biology 1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits) Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to provide career guidance and development to better direct educational and occupational planning. Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods. Biology 121 Plant Studies 4 credits The study of plant cells and tissues with a survey of the major phyla of the nonvascular plants and their adaptations to the environment. Some field studies and taxonomy of the local trees and fall flowers. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Biology 130 Biological Ethics 3 elective credits Theological and philosophical approach to the ethical concerns arising in biology and technology of the late 20th century. No laboratory hours. Same as Philosophy 130. Biology 213 Introduction to Botany 4 credits The study of major phyla to vascular plants and plant growth, regulations, reproduction and photosynthesis. This course will give experience in the greenhouse environment. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 and 112 or instructor's approval. Biology 223 Introduction to Ecology 4 credits The study of the structure and function of an ecosystem with field studies of at least two major ecosystems. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 and 112 or instructor's approval. Biology 231 Microbiology 4 credits Fundamentals of microbial life. Laboratory techniques include the preparation of media, culturing of microorganisms and analysis of results. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 and 112 or instructor's approval. Biology 232 Anatomy 4 credits Gross and microscopic structure of the human body from a functional standpoint utilizing charts, models, skeletons and manikins. Cat dissection to demonstrate mammalian anatomy. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 and 112 or instructor's approval. Biology 233 Physiology 4 credits Organ systems of the human body. Laboratory exercises include blood typing, recording of the heartbeat, respiration, muscle contraction, experiments on digestion, urinalysis, coordinated with a brief study of the anatomy of each system. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 232 or instructor's approval. Biology 242 Animal Studies 4 credits A study of the diversity and hetertrophic way of life of animals common to this area. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 and 112 or instructor's approval. Biology 243 Genetics 4 credits An introductory course in the principles of heredity will begin with Mendelian genetics, and then progress to cell division and reproduction, molecular structure, DNA, protein synthesis, gene expression, mutagenesis, and conclude with popula- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 61 tion genetics, genetic engineering, and variabilities. Emphasis will be on human inheritance. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 and 112 or instructor's approval. Biology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Chemistry 100 Environmental Chemistry 4 credits Study of the environment and the role chemistry plays in life. Topics of current interest such as storage of atomic wastes, food additives, air pollution, solid wastes and the development of the environment are discussed, along with the chemical principles required for a more thorough understanding of them. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Primarily for non-science majors. No prerequisite. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 General Chemistry 4 credits per course Chemistry 101 is introductory, including measurement, metric system, names and symbols of the elements, naming chemical compounds, reactions, stio-chiometry, the Periodic Table, and properties of the elements. Chemistry 102 topics include atomic structure, electron configurations, molecular and ionic bonding, states of matter, gas laws, properties of solutions, acids and bases. Topics in Chemistry 103 include redox-reactions, themochemistry, thermodynamics, equilibria and electrochemistry. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 must be taken in sequence. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. One year of high school algebra or chemistry is recommended for Chemistry 101. Chemistry 200 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 4 credits This course is for students interested in health-science fields, biology, or medicine. Course content will include the structure, nomenclature, and reactivity patterns of organic molecules with special emphasis on compounds of biological importance. Three lectures and one double laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 103 or concurrent registration in Chemistry 103 or instructor's approval. Chemistry 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE Computer Science 160 Introduction to Computer Science 3 credits An introduction to computers, the role of computers, current uses in business and education, and functions in terms of hardware and software. Computer Science 170 Introduction to Programming-Basic 3 credits Fundamentals of programming with emphasis on the logical processes necessary for the use of computers. Students work with computers, programs and the construction of algorithms. Basic language. Laboratory sessions. Prerequisite: Math 102 or concurrent registration in Math 102 or instructor's approval. Computer Science 210 Structured Programming Techniques-Pascal 3 credits Structured programming, file management, variable types, and algorithm realizations. Laboratory sessions. Prerequisite: Computer Science 160 or 170 or instructor's approval. Computer Science 220 Advanced Programming 3 credits Topics include data base management, real time systems, engineering and business applications. Pascal and Fortran. Laboratory sessions. Prerequisite: Computer Science 210 or instructor's approval. 62 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE V. DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ocroc I\ T1nr..1 1 i::: A ncnc-u1n n.L'-.,..1,L~ I''-"', LL/"'1.ULl'-.::Jl-.1r DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education 101, 102, 103 (Activity Courses) Fall Winter 101 E Bowling 102R Badminton 1011 Conditioning 102B Basketball 101) Cross Country 102E Bowling 101A Football 1021 Conditioning 101S Soccer 102Q Cross Country Skiing 101 D Swimming 102V Volleyball 101T Tennis 101V Volleyball 1 credit per course Spring 103L Basebal I 103E Bowling 1031 Conditioning 103X Softball 1030 Swimming 103T Tennis 103U Track Physical Education 110 Introduction to Physical Education 3 credits Study of physical education and athletics in the schools, and the philosophy and basic principles of physical education and recreation leadership. Physical Education 120 Health and First Aid 3 credits Study of modern concepts and practices of health applied to the individual and community. Also includes the American Red Cross First Aid Course. Physical Education 130 Drugs and Chemical Dependency 2 credits Study of the personal use and misuse of dependency on tobacco, alcohol, drugs and other chemicals. Identification of users and information regarding the resources and help available to people. Designed to meet certification requirements. Physical Education 150 Advanced First Aid 3 credits Offered for Law Enforcement students as a part of the curriculum required by the Minnesota Board of Peace Officers Standards and Training. Includes the practices and procedures for advanced first aid, CPR, and rescue methods and techniques. Class meets 40-50 hours per term. Physical Education 160 Football Officiating 1 elective credit Philosophy, principles and problems of officiating at football games. Interpretations of game rules and officiating procedures. One lecture period per week. Additional hours arranged by the instructor. Physical Education 170 Basketball Officiating 1 elective credit Philosophy, principles and problems of officiating at basketball games. Interpretations of game rules and officiating procedures. One lecture period per week. Additional hours arranged by the instructor. Physical Education 180 Baseball and Softball Officiating 1 elective credit Philosophy, principles and problems of officiating at baseball and softball games. Interpretations of game rules and officiating procedures. One lecture period per week. Additional hours arranged by the instructor. 3 credits Physical Education 200 Individual and Dual Sports Study of theory and practice i_n teaching and officiating individual and dual sports. Physical Education 210 Team Sports Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. 3 credits 1 to 3 elective credits per term Physical Education 300 Independent Study Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 63 DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION LEADERSHIP Recreation Leadership 110 Introduction to Recreation and Park Leadership 3 credits Examination of the history and development of park and recreation movement; professional and service organizations; orientation to the professional field. Recreation Leadership 120 Introduction to Recreation Programming 3 credits Introduction to the directing and leading of recreation work and the writing of recreation programs (YMCA, YWCA, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, churches, community centers, etc.). Recreation Leadership 210 Camp Craft 3 credits Basic skills and practical experience in various phases of camping and outdoor education. Recreation Leadership 220 Leadership in Social Activities Techniques of leadership in social games, parties and outings. 3 credits Recreation Leadership 230 Internship 1 to 3 elective credits per course Practical experience under the direction of full-time workers in the fields of parks, recreation management and YMCA-YWCA. 64 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE VI. DIVISION OF CREATIVE ARTS DEPARTMENT OF ART Art 100 Introduction to Visual Arts 3 credits Introduction to visual art through the study of aesthetics, philosophy, techniques and history of art. Includes attending art exhibits and other cultural events and researching personal ideas as they relate to the world of art. Art 101, 102, 103 Art History of the Western World 3 credits per course Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture as they relate to history and culture in the Western world. Fall Term: Pre-history to Early Christian. Winter Term: Middle Ages to Baroque. Spring Term: Nineteenth Century to Present. Offered alternate years. Art 110 Two Dimensional Design 3 credits A basic study of the principles of design together with the discovery of design sources in nature. Art 121 Basic Drawing 3 credits Exploration and use of various drawing materials and methods. Emp has is on the development of visual perception and personal aesthetics. Art 122 Drawing 3 credits An extension of Art 121 with more extensive experiences in the manipulation of visual elements and pictorial structure. Prerequisite: Art 121 or instructor's approval. Art 123 Drawing 3 credits Continuation of Art 121 and 122. Students learn to see design and form relationships and experiment with a variety of drawing media. Subject matter includes still life and the figure. Prerequisite Art 122 or instructor's approval. Art 130 Printmaking 3 credits An exploration and study of wood and other materials for making prints in monochrome and color. Art 140 Watercolor 3 credits An introduction to the watercolor medium with emphasis on compositional and technical problems. Subject matter includes still life and landscape. Art 202, 203 Painting 3 credits per course Basic experiences in the use of oil and acrylic to acquaint the student with the mediums and to encourage the development of personal imagery and technique. Prerequisite: Art 121 or instructor's approval. Art 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special study for advanced students based upon the proposal of the student in consultation with the instructor. Department approval required. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Music 100 Introduction to Music 3 credits The development of the perceptive listening through the study of representative musical works, their styles, structure and relationship to cultural history. Primarily for non-music majors. Music 111, 112, 113 Theory 4 credits per course Course sequence in music theory developing the student's knowledge and skills in part writing, keyboard sight-singing and ear-training. Includes studies of the science of sound, the rudiments of music, intervals, triads and inversions, survey of non-harmonic tones and seventh chords. Music 111, 112, 113 must be taken in sequence. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 65 Music 121, 122, 123 History of Music 3 credits per course Survey of musical thought and achievement from primitive origins to the twentieth century. Intended for music majors but may be taken by any student upon approval of the instructor. Offered alternate years. 2 credits per course Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of vocal problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate years. Music 131, 132 Choral Conducting 2 credits Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate years. Music 133 Instrumental Conducting 4 credits per course Study of Baroque composition including detailed study of non-harmonic tones, seventh chords, altered chords, modal hormony and two-, three-, four-part counterpoint. Also includes a survey of music styles from the f?aroque to the present with a concentration on twentieth century techniques of music composition. Prerequisite: Music 111, 112, 113 or instructor's approval. Music 211, 212, 213 must be taken in sequence. Music 211, 212, 213 Advanced Theory 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special projects for advanced students. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Music 300 Independent Study APPLIED MUSIC 1 credit per term Study of vocal technique and literature. Emphasis on sacred literature including oratorio, with time devoted to Italian and German art songs. One half class period lesson per week. Applied Music 110A Voice Lessons 1 credit per term Instruction in piano performance, including study of techniques through scales, arpeggios and other exercises. One half class period lesson per week. Applied Music 1108 Piano Lessons 1 credit per term Graded course in organ playing beginning with study of manual and pedal techniques. Literature studies include examples from all periods of music. Renaissance to Neo-Classic. Service playing problems also are studied. One half class period lesson per week. Applied Music 110C Organ Lessons Applied Music 1100 Brass Lessons 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a brass instrument. One half class period lesson per week. 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a percussion instrument or instruments. One half class period lesson per week. Applied Music 110E Percussion Lessons 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a string instrument. One half class period lesson per week. Applied Music 110F String Lessong Applied Music 110G Woodwind Lessons 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a woodwind instrument. One half class period lesson per week. 66 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Applied Music 110H Guitar Lessons 1 credit per term Graded instruction on guitar One half class period lesson per week. 1 credit per term Applied Music 110P Piano Class Lessons Basic keyboard skills and music reading, designed for the adult beginner with little or no background. Meets 2 periods per week. Applied Music 110V Voice Class Lessons 1 credit per term A study of basic vocal techniques of singing. Songs and other materials used will be suited to the individual student. This class is intended for the beginner as well as students preparing for private study. It is open to music majors and anyone interested in developing their vocal abilities. Meets 2 periods per week. ENSEMBLES Music Ensemble 110A Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir 1 credit per term Open to all students by audition, but limited to 65 members. Examples from all periods of music I iterature are selected for performance. Besides numerous concerts in and around the Twin City area, an extended tour is made each spring. The choir meets four periods per week. Music Ensemble 110B Golden Valley Singers 1 credit per term Open to all women students of the College. Study and presentation of treble choral music, both accompanied and a cappella. The chorus meets four periods per week. Music Ensemble 110C The Madrigal Singers 1 credit per term Students are selected from the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir. Literature used includes Madrigal and Carol. Numerous concerts are given through the year. 1/2 credit per term Music Ensemble 1100 Symphonic Choir Open to all members of the student body and the community. Music Ensemble 110H Band 1 credit per term Open to all college students by audition. The group performs literature from all eras and styles. A tour is organized each year. The band performs regularly for College convocations and presents formal concerts each quarter. The stage band is formed from this group. The band meets four periods per week. Music Ensemble 1101 College-Community Orchestra 1 credit per term Open to all qualified students and community members by audition. The orchestra performs standard orchestral literature each quarter in addition to accompanying the College choirs at Christmas. Small Ensembles 1 credit per term Students are given the opportunity to participate in small instrumental ensembles. The ensembles perform regularly for convocations, concerts and at local church services. Membership is by audition or consent of director. Music Ensemble 110J Brass Ensemble Music Ensemble 110K Percussion Ensemble Music Ensemble 110L Stage Band Music Ensemble 110M String Ensemble Music Ensemble 110N Woodwind Ensemble COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 67 DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE 3 credits Theatre 100 Introduction to Theatre Study of Theatre as a performing art. The aesthetic function of theatre and its role in Western culture will be discussed, as well as the role and function of the various theatre artists such as actor, director, and designer. Theatre 110 Beginning Acting 3 credits An experiential course which focuses on honesty in characterization through various means including theatre games, improvisation, and the development of scenes. Theatre 120 Theatre Practice 1 elective credit per term (maximum: 3 credits) Participation in College-sponsored theatre productions. Open to students assigned performing or technical roles. Instructor's approval required. Theatre 130 Elements of Technical Theatre 4 credits A basic introduction to both design theory and design execution in the theatre. Emphasis placed on the technical aspects of scene design, lighting, costuming and sound. Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or instructor's approval. Theatre 200 History of Theatre 3 credits An examination of the phenomenon of Theatre Arts from a historical perspective. Emphasis will be placed on a particular period. The historical development of both dramatic literature and staging techniques will be examined, as well as the influence of other historical events upon them. Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or instructor's approval. Theatre 210 Advanced Acting 3 credits Intense scene study directed toward the development of a personal technique of honest characterization through various periods and styles of plays. Prerequisite: Theatre 110 or instructor's approval. Theatre 220 Directing for the Theatre 4 credits An introduction to the role and function of the director in modern theatre. Emphasis will be placed on the elements of the director's craft as well as his relationship to the other theatre artists. Preparation of scenes and exercises will culminate in a final scene or a short one-act play. Prerequisite: Theatre 100 and Theatre 110 or instructor's approval. Theatre 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special projects for advanced students of research projects within selected theatre disciplines. Department approval necessary. 68 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE VII. DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND SPEC!Al!ZED PROGRAMS DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS 4 credits Business 100 Accounting Fundamentals General accounting principles of debits and credits, journal entries, and general financial statements. A practice set wi II be used to cover the basic accounting cycle. General education course open to all students. Business 101 Accounting I 4 credits Study of fundamental principles and procedures of accounting; classifying and reporting data on balance sheets and income statements. Business 102 Accounting II 4 credits Continuation of Accounting I; analyzing financial statements and analytical functions of accounting; partnership and corporate accounting. Prerequisite: Business 101 or instructor's approval. Business 103 Accounting Ill 4 credits Accounting as a planning and control! ing tool in the decision-making process of management; funds statements; cost accounting: job order and process cost. Prerequisite: Business 102 or instructor's approval. 3 credits Business 110 Personal Finance Fundamental concepts of personal financial management: insurance, budgeting, credit, savings, investments, retirement a·nd estate problems and consumer concerns. General Education course open to all students. 3 credits Business 120 Introduction to Business A survey of the ownership, organization, management, major functions, environment, and ethics of American business. Aimed at assisting students to establish more specific career goals in the field of business. General Education course open to all students. 3 credits Business 140 Business Computations Application of mathematical skills to business/accounting functions, ratios, percentages, present value, amortization, bank discount, payment of promissory notes, annuities, sinking funds, and investment in stocks and bonds. 3 credits Business 150 Business Communications General principles of effective communication in business; writing of various types of business letters and reports; stress on vocabulary and the mechanics of language as applied to writing business reports and letters. 3 credits Business 180 Basic Law This course provides a general understanding and practical knowledge of the following areas of the law: the court system, criminal law, torts, negligence, real estate, wills, trusts, probate law, insurance and selected consumer protection laws. General education course open to all students. Business 200 Principles of Economics- Macroeconomics 4 credits National income economics, gross national product, indicators of economic activity, the money and banking system, monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation and unemployment, principles of world economics, international trade, and the balance of payments. Business 210 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics 4 credits Supply, demand and price, competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and anti-trust policy. Pricing of the factors of production and distribution of income. Prerequisite: Business 200 or instructor's approval. Business 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Soecial oroiects for advanced st11rlPnts npn;irtmPnt ;innrnv;if nPr<>SS;>rV COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 69 DEPARTMENT OF OFFICE INFORMATION SYSTEMS Office Information Systems 101 Typewriting I/Keyboarding 3 credits Keyboarding skills for the typewriter and computer terminal. Introduction to typewritten letters, tables, and reports. Not open to students with one year of high school typing except by instructor's approval. Office Information Systems 102 Typewriting II 4 credits Students build speed and accuracy in straight-copy typing, and increase their skills in composition, rough-draft typing, editing production and analysis of the following components of typewriting communication: business letters, memos, manuscripts, business reports, business forms and tables. Prerequisite: OIS 101 or instructor's approval. Office Information Systems 103 Executive Typewriting 4 credits This course emphasizes performance at the executive level requiring sustained high-level production speed with the ability to edit, organize and solve problems and produce high-quality work. Speed and accuracy in straight-copy and production work are stressed. Prerequisite: OIS 102 or instructor's approval. Office Information Systems 130 References for Transcript 3 credits Correct application of reference materials for transcription tasks. Review of basic grammar, mechanics, and usage. Office Information Systems 140 Editing/Proofreading 3 credits A study of editing and proofreading techniques designed to improve the organization, style, and clarity of office documents and general business writing. Offered alternate years. Office Information Systems 150 Machine Calculation 3 credits Instruction in the use of electronic printing calculators, electronic display calculators, plus study of practical business computations. Office Information Systems 200 Word Processing I 3 credits Word processing concepts and instruction in the basic operations of a word processor. Prerequisite: OIS 101 or instructor's approval. Office Information Systems 210 Word Processing II 3 credits Producing high-qua I ity work using the expanded functions of a word processor. · Prerequisite: OIS 200 or instructor's approval. Office Information Systems 220 Professional Office Projects 1 credit per term Credit for work experience in an office-type environment. Students must register during the quarter in which they receive credit. Applications must be approved by Office Information Systems Department in advance. Office Information Systems 221 Legal Studies I 3 credits Basic legal procedures in preparing legal documents and court papers; legal typing and terminology. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: OIS 102 or instructor's approval. Office Information Systems 222 Legal Studies II 3 credits Basic legal procedures in legal branches: probate, criminal law, domestic relations, real estate, and corporations; includes legal typing and terminology. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: OIS 221 or instructor's approval. Office Information Systems 230 Information Resource Management 3 credits A study of the role of resource management and information processing defining the relationship to business as well as social implications, types of data and data collection systems, analysis and reports, information storage and retrieval, staffing and equipment, problem solving and evaluation. 70 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Office Information Systems 240 Administrative Office Procedures 4 credits A study of the profile of the administrative assistant: public and pe;sonal relations, organization of time and work flow, supervision, reprographics, equipment and procedures, available services, sources of information, study of communications, preparation of communications, financial accountability activities, and types of dictation. Office Information Systems 250 Specialized Machine Transcription Individualized machine transcription for general and legal specialties. 4 credits Office Information Systems 300 Independent Study 3 elective credits per term Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT Law Enforcement 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 credits Survey of the history and principles of law enforcement in American society, the criminal justice system, courts, state and federal agencies. Law Enforcement 110 Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures 3 credits An overview of the relationships between the police and community and the era of crime prevention, the elements of verbal and non-verbal communication, and their role in effective law enforcement procedure. Law Enforcement 120 Juvenile Problems and Justice 3 credits An overview of the principles of the juvenile justice system, its laws, problems, and procedures. Law Enforcement 130 Criminal Evidence and Procedure 3 credits Criminal evidence for police, types of evidence, criminal procedures in various courts, arrest, search and seizure, collection of evidence, interviews and line-up procedure. Law Enforcement 150 Criminal Law 3 credits The development, application and enforcement of local, state and federal laws that deal with criminal behavior, including a study of the Minnesota Criminal Code. Law Enforcement 160 Constitutional Law 3 credits Study and analysis of the United States Constitution and its amendments that pertain to law enforcement. Also studied are Federal and State legal decisions that apply to law enforcement problems. Law Enforcement 170 Psychology for Law Enforcement 3 credits An introduction to the psychological aspects of the law enforcement profession with particular attention to the personal and professional adjustments demanded by this career. Law Enforcement 180 Report Writing- Interviews and Interrogation 2 credits Designed for law enforcement students. The course will have intensive work in the techniques of interviewing and interrogations, field note taking, criminal investigative and follow-up report writing. Law Enforcement 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Special projects and research into areas of student interest in the fields of law enforcement. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 71 DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED CHRISTIANITY Christian Service 110A, 1108, 110C Christian Service Projects 1 credit per course per term Student assignments to various projects provide in-service training in various phases of Christian work. Regular reports to the department are required. Applied Christianity 122, 123 Christian Education 3 credits per course Winter term: Study of the human relations of the teaching-learning process, acquaintance with the age of ability differences, and individual potential of children. An in-depth child study will be made by each student. Spring term: Study of the objectives of Christian Education and practice of teaching methods. Applied Christianity 130 Youth Leadership 3 credits Study of the needs and goals of youth leadership in the church, and of the philosophies, organizational structures, resources and materials of the youth organizations and departments of the major Lutheran synods. Applied Christianity 150 Evangelism 3 credits The evangelical task of the church is recognized as of prime importance, and the responsibility of the individual Christian to personalize the Gospel within the parish and community is stressed. Applied Christianity 201, 202, 203 Christian Education Project Y2 to 1 Y2 credits per term (3 credits required) Classroom orientation and practical teaching experience under supervision. Applied Christianity 211 Christian Education Seminar 3 credits Study of materials available in the field of Christian Education; discussion of teaching experiences (Applied Christianity 201 ); acquaintance with methods and materials in adult Christian education. Applied Christianity 221 Church Staff Work I 3 credits Study of basic principles and their relationship to professional ethics, professional relationships, the ministry of the laity, the organization and functioning of the parish, techniques of visitation and public relations. For parish workers, parish secretaries, and lay assistants. Applied Christianity 223 Church Staff Work II 3 credits Study of strategies and models for the development of programs designed to meet a congregation's particular needs. Applied Christianity 230 Church Staff Field Work 1 to 3 credits Practical experience in the various aspects of parish work through personal supervised field work with the cooperation of local congregations. Twenty-four hours of work are required for one credit. Applied Christianity 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 elective credits per term Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Mission 100 Introduction to Mission 2 credits Study of the theology of mission, some basic principles of communicating the Gospel to non-Christian people, and some current practices in the work of the Church in various countries of the world. Mission 110 History of World Mission I 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the nineteenth century. Mission 120 History of World Mission II 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the twentieth century. 72 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Mission 200 Mission Internship 1 to 6 credits A flexible program of study designed to provide the student opportunities for contact with people directly involved in church work in various countries of the world. Students may study and serve under the supervision of experienced missionaries at times to be arranged. 1 to 3 elective credits per term Mission 300 Independent Study Special projects for the student who has a serious interest in the world mission of the Christian Church. Department approval necessary. DIRECTORY 73 DIRECTORY Board of Regents OFFICERS Chairman/ PAUL G. PETERSON Vice Chairman/ TRUDY ROGNESS JENS EN Secretary/ LOUISE SUNDET Treasurer/ NORMA HAYER DOLLIFF MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS THE REVEREND ELDER K. BENTLEY ALC, Pastor Immanuel Lutheran Church St. Paul, Minnesota DR. LAWRENCE M. BRINGS Regent Emeritus ALC, Chairman of the Board T.S. Denison & Company, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota MARKS. DALQUIST LCA, President Maid of Scandinavia Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND MICHAEL E. DOBBINS LCA, Pastor Holy Cross Lutheran Church St. Paul, Minnesota NORMA HAYER DOLLIFF ALC, Officer and Director F.C. Hayer Company Edina, Minnesota THE REVEREND JOHN P. FOLKERDS LCA, Pastor Zion Lutheran Church Buffalo, Minnesota THE REVEREND VERNON D. GUNDERMANN LC-MS, Pastor Beautiful Savior Lutheran Church New Hope, Minnesota PAUL E. HORGEN ALC, President Teacher Federations Credit Union Minneapolis, Minnesota TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN ALC, Counseling Services; Chair, Minnesota lnterreligious Committee for Bio-Medical Ethics; Coordinator, Jewish-Christian Relations, ALC; Consultant, The National Hospice Organization Edina, Minnesota WOODROW P. LANGHAUG ALC Vice Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota PATRICIA K. MEDLIN ALC, Vice President Nordic Interiors Burnsville, Minnesota RAYBURN E. NORLING ALC, Executive Vice President Willmar Poultry Company Willmar, Minnesota ELMER N. OLSON ALC, Past President Elmer N. Olson Company Minneapolis, Minnesota PAUL G. PETERSON LCA Lutheran Brotherhood Frat~rnal Division, Retired Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND PAUL 0. ROMSTAD ALC, Pastor Woodlake Lutheran Church Richfield, Minnesota RUTH E. RUPP LCA, Chief Executive Officer Rupp Industries Burnsville, Minnesota THE REVEREND DR. WALTER SUNDBERG, JR. ALC, Luther Northwestern Seminary St. Pau I, Minnesota 74 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE LOUISE SUNDET LCA, Officer and Director Century Mfg. Company Excelsior, Minnesota Faculty JOHN YACKEL ALC, Publisher, Manager American Guidance Service Circle Pines, Minnesota WiLLiAiv'1 BOLM/Physicai Education, Recreation, Counselor B.S., Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Ml; M.A. (Physical Education), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN; M.A. (Counseling), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN. 1971- THE REVEREND LAUREN E. YOUNGDALE LCA, Chaplain, State Hospital Fergus Falls, Minnesota ROGER W. BROWN/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN. 1979- THE REVEREND CARLETON E. ZAHN LC-MS, Pastor Peace Lutheran Church Robbinsdale, Minnesota DOUGLAS CAREY/Voice, Band, Orchestra B.S. and M.Ed., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND. 1978- LEGAL COUNSEL ROBERT M. SKARE ALC, Attorney Partner, Best & Flanagan Minneapolis, Minnesota Administration BERNT C. OPSAL/President J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/ Academic Dean HAROLD E. MOORE, JR/ Dean of Students RUSSELL B. HELGESEN/ Director of Development MARILYN J. ADAMS/Registrar JOHAN HINDERLIE/Director of Mount Carmel, Radio and Church Relations THOMAS R. HANSON/Director of Admissions and Financial Aid VIVIAN WIEMERSLAGE/ Business Office Manager SONJA M. DAHLAGER/Business B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979PAUL E. DRANGEID/Biology B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.S. South Dakota State University, Brookings, SD; graduate work at Colorado School Mines, Golden, CO; University of Chattanooga, TN; University of West Virginia, Morgantown, WV; University of Vermont, Burlington, VT; Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, PA; Boyce Thompson Plant Research Institute, Yonkers, NY; Ripon College, WS; Knox College, Galesburg, IL. 1979WILLIAM P. EFFERTZ/Law Enforcement B.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; advanced study, FBI Academy, 1976JAN ICE EGGERSGLUESS/Business Education B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN. 1969JEANNE EKHOLM/Music B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN. 1978JANICE GRAVDAHL/Business Education B.S., Bemidjii State University, Bemidji, MN. 1972- DIRECTORY JOHN V. GRONLl/Philosophy, Biblical Theology B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN: M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, WA; additional graduate study, Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary, Berkeley, CA; D.Min., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN. 1976RUTH A. HALVERSON/Journalism B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN; additional study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1977LEE ANNE HANSEN/English, German B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; Graduate School, University of Munich, Munich, Germany; finished courses for Ph.D., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1973THOMAS R. HANSON/Director of Admissions and Financial Aid B.S.B., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.B.A., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Troy, NY. 1982DOROTHY L. HAUGEN/Physical Education B.5., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL. 1978PAUL T. HIRDMAN/Anthropology, Sociology, Psychology, Counselor A.A., Waldorf College, Forest City, IA; B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND. 1979JUDY HYLAND/World Mission B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA; College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines. 1981JEAN JOHNSON/Business Education B.5., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND. 1974PRllDU KllVE/Physics, Mathematics B.A., Berea College, Berea, KY; M.A., University of Buffalo, Buffalo, NY. 1973- 75 MARK KROLL/Computer Science Bachelor of Mathematics; Masters in E.E.; course work completed for Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1982GAIL LANDO/English B.A., Wisconsin State, Eau Claire, WI; M.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN. 1972PHYLLIS LARSON/English B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN; course work completed for Ph.D. in Asian Studies, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1973RICHARD LAUE/Geography, History B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; additional graduate study, University of Strasbourg, France and the University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1966JAMES L. LEFFERTS/Chemistry, Mathematics A.B., Bowdoin College, Brunswick, ME; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA; Post-doctoral Fellow, University of Oklahoma, Norman, OK. 1983SEVERT LEGRED/Physical Education B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., Mankato State College, Mankato, MN; additional graduate study, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL. 1969H ER BE RT C. LODDIGS/Biblical Theology, Greek (Emeritus) B.A., Wagner College, Staten Island, NY; New York University, Hartwick Seminary, Brooklyn, NY; C.Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; additional graduate study, College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines; School of Chinese Studies, Hankow, China; Princeton Theological Seminary, Princeton, NJ. 1957WILLIAM E. LUNDQUIST/Physical Education B.5., M.Ed., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1966- 76 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE DALE P. MARTIN/Computer Science A.A., Anoka Ramsey Community College, Coon Rapids, MN; B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN. 1984HAROLD E. MOORE, JR./Dean of Students, Business, Director of Counseling Services B.A., University of Denver, Denver, CO; J.D., University of Denver, College of Law, Denver, CO; additional study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN. 1980JOHN F. NELSON/Residence Hall Director; Physical Education B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., graduate program, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1983PATRICIA NORTWEN/Piano B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1967BERNT C. OPSAL/President B.A., Upsala College, East Orange, NJ; B.Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Biblical Seminary, New York, NY; M.A., New York University, New York, NY; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Litt.D., Concordia College, St. Paul, MN. 1954MAHLON PITNEY/Sociology, Psychology, Personal Orientation, Counselor B.A., Macalester College, St. Paul, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1970MARLO F. PUTZ/Biology B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; MA., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN. 1968PAUL 0. ROMSTAD/Theology B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN. 1981DONALD A. SCHLAEFER/ Law Enforcement B.S. in Commerce, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND; J.D., University, of North Dakota Law School, Grand Forks, ND; Training Coordinator for the FBI in Minneapolis, MN. 1983- DOROTHY SEAGARD/Music, Voice and Choral B.M., Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ: graduate study, Chicago Opera Guild; Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1962JOHN C. SEAGARD/Music, Choral, Organ B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; Lutheran Bible I nstitute; Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ; Chicago Opera Repertoire Guild; additional graduate study, Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY. 1962RICHARD M. SERENA/Librarian B.S., Columbia University, New York, NY; M.L.S., Columbia University, New York, NY. 1976MARY S. SICILIA/American Studies, Personal Orientation, Speech, Church History B.S., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., Ph.D., course work completed University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1977PAUL W. SIEMERS/Theatre, Speech B.A., Bethel College, Roseville, MN; M.A., Ph.D. course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1981ROGER SNYDER/Music, Band and Orchestra B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1977MARILYN A. STALHEIM/ Applied Christianity B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire, WI; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Stout, WI. 1976G ERALD SWANSON/Art B.A., M.F.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1972KATHRYN SWANSON/English B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1971- DIRECTORY LOIS UTZINGER/String Lessons and Ensembles B.A., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota; M.M., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Ml; additional graduate study, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Ml and University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND. 1978RUSSELL A. VIKSTROM/Biblical Theology B.A., Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; M.Div., Augustana Seminary, Rock Island, IL; additional graduate study, Biblical Seminary, New York, NY and Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN. 1953JERRY M. WALLEVAND/Biblical Theology B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; B.A. Luther College, Decorah, IA; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of St. Andrews, Scotland; graduate study Edinburgh University, Edinburgh, Scotland. 1982J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/Academic Dean, Biblical Theology B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Biblical Seminary, New York, NY; M.A. and course work completed for Ed.D., New York University, NY. 1974- 77 Student Services Personnel DALE DOBIAS/Manager of Student Union A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College; B.A., Taylor University, Upland, Indiana KIMBERLY K. JOHNSON/Residence Hall Director, SAC Coordinator A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College; B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN JOHN F. NELSON/Residence Hall Director B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., graduate program, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN LORI J. NORNES/Residence Hall Director, Director of Campus Activities A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College; B.A., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN LOIS NYSTUL/Director of Health Service R.N., Fairview School of Nursing, Minneapolis, MN; B.A., Metropolitan State University, St. Paul, MN TIMOTHY J. SAVARESE/Residence Hall Director, Intramural Coordinator A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College; B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN CAROL J. TA TLEY/Residence Hall Director B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN; M.S., University of Wisconsin, La Crosse, La Crosse, WI 78 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE INDEX Academic Honors. . ... 32 Academic Program . . ... 31 Academic Progress. . ... 33 A cc red itation 2 Administration ... .74 Administrative Assistant ... .41 . ... 19 Admissions Information. Adult Students .... 20 .... 11 A ffi I iations Agriculture .... 43 Alcohol and Drug Abuse .... 16 Alumni Association ... 17 Anthropology .... S7 Application Procedure . .. .. 19 Applied Christianity . . ... 71 Art ............ 64 .38,39 Associate in Arts Degree .16, 33 Athletics .. 34 Attendance, Classroom . ... 1S Automobiles . .16, 66 Band. Biblical and Theological Studies .... 43 Biblical and Theological Studies, .49, SO Division of. Bible Requirement . . .. 34 Biology . S9, 60 Board and Room Costs . . 21, 22 Board of Regents ... 73 Books and Supplies ... 24 Business. . . . . 43 Business and Specialized Programs, Division of . 68-71 Calendar Chapel. Charges by Quarter. Chemistry Choir Christian Service. Church History Church Staff Work Classics Co-curricular Activity College Objectives. ............. 6 . .. 1 s . ... 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 . 16, 66 .71 . . . . SO .. 47 ... 43 Credits .... 34 . ........... 10 Communications, Division of . . ...... S1, S2, S3 Computer Science . 43, 61 Computer Training . . ... 47 Corrective Therapy . . ............ 43 Correspondence, Directions For ..... 2 Costs . . . 21-24 Counseling Services .. . ... 13 Course Descriptions . .49-71 Creative Arts, Division of .. 64-67 Credit Load & Student Classification .... 31 Degree and Certificates . Dentistry .. Deposits and Fees . Directory Dormitories . Drama . .38,39 . ... 43 .19, 22 .. 73-77 . ... 14 . ... 17 Education Electronics Technician. Eligibility for Varsity Sports. Employment, Student. Engineering . English . English Requirement .... 44 . ... 47 ... 33 .... 26 . ... 44 .S1,S2 .... 34 Faculty . Fees Financial Aid . Forestry . . . 74-77 .19, 22 ... 2S ... .44 General Guidelines. .... 11 General Information .............. 9 Geography. .... S4 German .. S3 Grading and Honor Point System ... 32 Graduation Requirements . .... 37 .... S3 Greek . Health Services . .... 13 History. . ... S4 Honor Society- Phi Theta Kappa ... 17 .... 14 Housing Services .... SS Humanities INDEX Incomplete Work Independent Study. Instrumental Lessons Insurance. International Students . ) unior College Certificate .. 32 .34 ...... 65, 66 . . 14 . 20 . . 39 . ... 61 Languages ... .. 44 Law .47, 70 Law Enforcement . Legal Office-Administrative .. .47 Assistant . .42 Liberal Arts, Basic ... Liberal Arts and Trans fer .38,41,42 Program . .14 Library . .26 Loans .. ..... 5, 9 Location of the College Map ... 5 Mathematics, Natural Sciences and Computer Science, Division of . 58-61 Medicine . . ... 44 Mission . 47, 71 Music . .16, 45, 65, 66 New Testament Studies Nursing .. 49, 50 . 45 Occupational Therapy . . . 45 Office Information Systems . 69 Old Testament Studies.. . 49 Orchestra. . ... 16, 66 Orientation and Registration . . .. 35 Part-time Students Payment Plan/Schedule . Personal Orientation Pharmacy Philosophy. Philosophy of College Physical Education .. Physical Education and Recreation Leadership, .31 . ... 23 . 56 .... 45 .. 55 ... 10 ....... 46 Division of . Physical Therapy Physics. Political Science .. Pre-registration . Probation, Academic Programs of Study . Psychology 79 . .62, 63 . .46 . ... 59 .54 .... 13 .. 33 .41-47 .. 56 Recreation Leadership . Refund Schedule Registration .. Registration, Changes in. Religious Life Repeating a Course ..... Room and Board Costs . .46,63 .... 23 . .. 35 . ... 35 .... 15 . ... 35 .21,22 .42 Science, Basic . ...... 28, 29, 30 Scholarships . .14 Social Life .. . 54-57 Social Science, Division of . . . 57 Social Service . .46 Social Work ..... . . 57 Sociology. . .. 33 Special Examination. .39,41,47 Specialized Programs . .43 Specific Professions . .52 Speech ... .14 Student Government .13 Student Life .. .77 Student Services Personnel . .13, 56 Study Skills Assistance . Theatre Theology. Transfer of Credits Transfer Students Tuition. .... 67 . ........... 50 .. 11, 34 .20, 33 .... 21, 22 Unsatisfactory Academic Progress .. 33 Voice Lessons .65,66 Withdrawals from Class . . 35 Withdrawals from the College. . . . 35 Work Opportunities . . . . 26
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1986
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
-
-
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
MINNEAPOLIS
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal
arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in
the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college
environment, about 1700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural,...
Show more - - AUGSBURG COLLEGE MINNEAPOLIS Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1700 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 2-June 27, Term I1 runs from June 30-August 8. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Term I Term I1 Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 23 April 23 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due June 2 June 30 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) June 4 July 2 Holiday None July 4 Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 16 July 21 Classes End June 27 August 8 Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. Grades Due in Registrar's Office July 2 August 1 3 Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Kathy Brown, Secretary P e r s o n s i n G o o d S t a n d i n g at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. O t h e r P e r s o n s wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. A c c e p t a n c e as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. F i n a n c i a l Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on June 2. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 30. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on June 2 and June 30. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 3 and 4. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on July 1 and July 2. Registrations will not be accepted afler these dates. Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 4 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on July 2 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." The tuition charge for Summer School is $360.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit)is $180.00 for each course. Laboratory/special fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 23 will result in a savings of $30.00 for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $330.00 per course applies only to those courses for which the student preregisters on April 23. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00 per course is required at this time and is applied to designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term I1 courses on April 23, tuition discount applies to both terms. After April 23, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the Student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below.) Refund 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% Term I June 2 June 3 June 4 June 5 June 6 Term I1 June 30 July 1 July 2 July 3 July 7 3 5 W from the NorthTake Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Ave.),turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Ave. S. 1 - 9 4 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 1 - 9 4 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 3 5 W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 2lst Ave. S. ENG 282-8140 EVIL IN LITERATURE - TOPICS Eaton 495-8141 Selected texts read and discussed to gain literary and historical insights into role and function of evil in our culture."Additional work required for upper division credit. Dist.: Yes. 12:OO-3:00p.m. M,T.W.Th M5 . . - GER 111-8126 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmete Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM29 - - nrrE ART 107-8100 .WING As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes. 9:OO-12:OOIV. M,T,W,Th 06117 ART 118-8101/355-8102 PAINTING I & I1 B. Olson Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00N. ICI, T,W, Th O M 17 K. Anderson ART 352-8103 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY Study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Dist.: Yes. 12:OO-3:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M22 i I Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes. Prereqaisites: Permission of instructor. 12:OO-3:00p.111. M,T,W,Th S205 BUS 101-8104 PRINCIPLES ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and h~ndamentalsof accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th L1 BUS 145-8107 FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 11.123 Morgan BUS 261-8106 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocalion, and management of funds within the firm; sources and Llses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101,102. 9:30-11:50a.111. M,T,W,Th,F M22 I BUS 399 INTERNSHIPS Staff Arranged with individt~alfaculty in the Department of Business Adminnistralion & Economics. SPA 111-8127 BEGINNING SPANISH I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 HPE 410-8128 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION Borstau OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. 5:00-8:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 HIS 299-8136 DIRECTED STUDY/ 499-8137 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Gustafson Arranged ITERDISC:IPI,INAII INS 399-8138 . I Slc INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged D J. J o h n s o n INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC IN PINE ARTS Explores relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. Dist.: Yes. 7:00-10:OOp.m. M,T,W,Th M22 MUS 130-8111 PHI 130-8132 INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M5 PHY 118-8163 LIVING THE SKY: Hollabaugh 318-8144 NATIVE AMERICAN ASTRONOMY Focus on archaelogical evidence left by the northern plains Indians at Medicine Wheel, Wyoming and the ruins of the Anasazi at Chaco Canyon, New Mexico and Hovenweep, Utah. Field course; 8 class days in Minneapolis and 15 on the road. Dist.: Yes. Limited enrollment; additional cost. For details, consult M. Hollabaugh, Department of Physics, (330-1019) ( - I CHM 109-8108 GENERAL. ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL stncf CHEMISTRY First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction Lo organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisiles: High school che~nistry. 9:30-11:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F S315 1:00-3:00 p.111. Lab. T, W,Th S327 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella ECO 120-8109 Study of economic in~plicationsof problems facing a metro-urban environmenl. By independenl study. Dist.: Yes. Arranged Gupta ECO 122-8110 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Introduction to macro-econonlics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. A14 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F EUUCATION EDE 375-8112 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD Osnes OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculunl, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. ,\.I,T, W,Th,F L4 STUDENT TEACHING The Department of Educatio~loffers student teaching for both elementary and secondary education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made. Exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. EDE 481-8113/482-8114 STUDENT TEACHING: Osnes 483-8115/484-8116 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged - STUDENT TEACHING Staff EDS 481-8121/482-8122 483-8123/484-8124 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Additional $35.00fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged . .-. - - ..--. ENG 257-8125 ADVANCED GnnMMAR AND STYLE Mitchell Systematic analysis of basic English structure through sentence dia> g a m m i n g , writing exercises, and analysis of selected poems. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: None. 5:00-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th M4 Palosaari UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Introduction to significant works of American literature and film. Selections studied a s cultural documents a s well as works of art. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Eng 111 o r equivalent. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F L1 ENG 264-8139 - DIRECTED STUDY/ 499-8143 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Topic by arrangement) Hedblom POL 199-81451399-8146 INTERNSHIPS Hedblom Arranged Arranged .... dman OF PSYCHOLOGY Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methodology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. OM11 M,T, W,Th,F 8:30-10:50 a.m. Quanbeck REL 370-8150LITERATURE OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION Understanding of the spiritual life a s disclosed in significant Christian writings from the second century to the present. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM11 Holt INTERNSHIPS REL 199/399 8 weeks: June 16 - August 8 at Redeemer Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. See Dr. Holt, Department of Religion, for details. SWK 499-8151 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Arranged SWK 399-8152 INTERNSHIPS Brown Arranged PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY B. J o h n s o n SOC 121-8154 Sociology a s a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to a n understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM4 B. J o h n s o n SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY SOC 231-8155 An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No. M23 6:00-990 p.m. M,T, W,Th Gerasimo INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. M,T, W,Th M24 7:00-10:00 p.m. SOC 241-8148 SOC 199-8149/399-8148 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged Siemel COMEDY IN THE SUMMER: THEATER PRACTICUM A workshop performance class which will rehearse and present a classic comedy o r farce; emphasis o n laughter and entertainment. Absolutely n o previous experience in theater necessary. Dist.: No. 6:OO-990 p.m. M,T, W,Th Stage 2 SPC 286-8152 INDEPENDENT Global Service STUDY Middle East: July B - August 1 4 Seminar and work project to learn about the life of Christians, Jews, and Muslims in the Middle East. For information, call Center for Global Service and Education, 330-1159. INS 299-9123 499-9124 - - - ART 107-9100 D G Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 l:30 a.m. hI,T, W,Th OM17 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-9103 ART 132-9104 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. rCf, W Section I 01\14 1:30-4:15 p.m. 5:30-9:00 p.m. /\.I,W, Section I1 ART 223-9101 PRINT MAKING Bollman I & I1 Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:30 a.m. M, T, W, Th Oh117 368-9102 INS 199-9125/399-9133 INTERNSHIP Global Service Hong Kong: J u n e 28 - August 16 Opportunity to teach English in refugee camps or a Lutheran youth center in Hong Kong. For information, call Center for Global Service and Education, 330-1159. INS 399-9126 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged I - - MUS 155-9129 ~ ! I @ x & S METHODS Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills. Dist.: No. ('h course). 1st class session meets Monday, June 30 at 6:00 p.m. in Music Office. Other class times to be arranged. MUSIC FOR SPECIAL NEEDS Mickelson MUS 218-9130 For students and professionals interested in learning to develop recreational music activities for people with special needs. Basic Music Therapy techniques; also Orff Schulweik and non-traditional guitar. Course 6:OO-9:30 requirements satisfies p.m. for Mus 271. Dist.: Yes. (lh course) T,Th h126 Stacke JAZZ - A HISTORICAL SURVEY MUS 377-9131 Studjr of the styles, trends, and musicians of the jazz idiom from the early 1900's to the present. Lectures, listening, and demonstrations by guest musicians. Dist.: No. M,T, W,Th,F A123 10:05-11:30 a.m. ETHICS OF MEDICINE AND C. J o h n s o n HEALTH CARE Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th /\I24 PHI 380-9145 Cerrito I1 BUS 135-9106 Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors a s they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No. 1\1, W h122 G:00-9:30 p.m. COMPUTERS IN BUSINESS Schield AND ECONOMICS Introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming lang~iage software applications in Business. Dist.: No. IW, 14' 1M22 5:30-9:00 p.m. BUS 250-9107 - INTERNSHlPS Staff BUS 399 Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Administration & Economics. IOLOGICAL E ' CHM 110-9109 GENERAL, OR CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry; theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. S315 i\I,T, W,Th,F 8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect. S327 T, W,Th 10:OO-12:OO I\'. Lab. ASTRONOMY Hollabaugh PHY 101-9127 Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical i n s t r ~ ~ m e n tuse s ; 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. 6:00-9:30 p.m. M, W h124 - IIJFICAL SCleNCl Kelly PUBLIC POLICY ISSUES Current and important American public policy issues analyzed and discussed. Visiting professor: Dr. Rita Mae Kelly, Arizona State University School of Public Affairs. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th 1\15 POL 295-9112 421-9134 Hirdman PSY 362-9143 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY Introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to conlmunity service agencies included. Prerequisites; Psy 105 o r Psy 121. Dist.: No. M23 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F . - -- - - -- - -- - - bbuixumlw ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella ECO 120-9110 Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 123-9111 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Sabella (MICRO\ Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the lio~~sehold, firm, market structures and income dislribution. Application of elementary economic theory lo market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30p.111. I\/, W M23 - ECO 392-91 13 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly coniniercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 ICI,T,W,Th,F 8:30-955 a.m. I BNG 223-9114 WRITING FOR BUSINESS AND Schramer THE PROFESSIONS A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reporls, lelters, and proposals will be emphasized. Dist.: No. Prerenuisites: 11 1 or eauivalent. Mitchell INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ARTS ENG 241-9115 An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. Dist.: Yes. (for So., Jr., Sr.) 6:00-9:30 p.m. T,Th S123 UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH Palosaari LITERATURE AND FILM Taughl at Camp Norway, Bandane, Norway. See Dr. Palosaari. Introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 a.111. CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY Holl AND ETHICS A study of Christian life froni two related perspectives: The styles of devotion and Lhe norms of ethics. Brief history of Christian spirituality, discussio~lof modes of prayer, and the implications of basic Christian teachings. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30p.m. R.1, W OR11 7 REL 240-9138 440-9140 REL 199/399 INTERNSHIPS Holt 8 Weeks: June 16 -August 8 at Redeemer Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. See Dr. Holt, Department of Religion, for details. mae:*amSWK 499-9135 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Arranged INTERNSHIPS Brown Arranged SWK 399-9136 SOC 356-9139 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY Bloom CORRECTIONS Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and sile visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.111. T,Th R.122 ENG 264 GER 112-9117 BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Steinnietz Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent. 8:30-955 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F 01\129 SPA 112-9118 BEGINNING SPANISH 11 Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing- of elemenlary Introduction to cultitre of Spanish- Spanish. . speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. ICI,T,W,Th,F SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo SOC 375-9144 Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and Psy 105. I\/, W 11\4 6:00-9:30 p.m. - Gerasimo RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. (P/N grading 6:OO-9:30p.nl. only) T,Th M22 SOC 383-9147 SOC 199-9148/399-9149 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged BEGINNIh" "PEECH Siemers SPC 111-9151 Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No. 10:05-11:30 a.m. hI,T, W,Th,F R.122 HIS 229-9119 TWENTIETH CENTURY S. Anderson GERMAN HISTORY This course examines important questions in German history through five different regimes: The Kaiselbrseich,the Weimer Republic, Hitler's Third Reich, and the postwar division of Germany into the capitalist Federal Republic and the socialist German Democralic Republic. 6:OO-9:30p.111. T,Th A14 329-9 120 HIS 299-9121/499-9122 DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Gustafson Arranged SPC 354-9153 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Hall The dvnamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages,emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: No. 5:30-9:00p.m. M, W L1 SPC 367-9142 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. T,Th 6:OO-9:30p.m. 2815 41st Ave. So., ~Clpls.,1ClN 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1984-1986
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
............................................ 2
Admissions .............................................. 6
Costs and Financial Policies............... 10
Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17
Student Life ........................................... 24
Academic Information...........
Show more ............................................ 2 Admissions .............................................. 6 Costs and Financial Policies............... 10 Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17 Student Life ........................................... 24 Academic Information......................... 30 Introduction Departments and Course ...................................... 47 Registers .............................................. 141 Index .................................................... 149 Communications Directory............... 151 Academic Calendars.......................... 152 Request for Information ................... 153 Campus Map............. Inside Back Cover Descriptions AUGSBURC COLLE.C E Catalog 1984-86 USPS #490-310 Volume 115. Number 3 Fall 1984 Published four times a year in Spring. Summer. Fall. and Winter by Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. M N. Second Class postage paid at Minneapolis. Minnesota. O l d Main, on the National Register of Historic Places, recalls Augsburg's heritageas the first U.S. school founded to train pastors t o serve Norwegian immigrants. [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts colleges combine t h e excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with t h e smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is o n e of t h e few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in t h e Mission Statement adopted by t h e Faculty and t h e Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness t o the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College i s to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Augsburg College is known for its people, who strive t o be a supportive, informal and free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing students with a broad background in a variety of subject areas as well as encouraging personal development. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a continued goal of the college. Augsburg College: Challenges students with a portion of the knowledge and thought which has been formative within human history and culture through a wide variety of ideas, disciplines and selected professional and pre-professional programs; Assists students in developing intellectual skills as well as in selecting a career; Encourages within students the attitudes and skills necessary t o prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Education at Augsburg is based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian community the college embraces a wide range of religious expression and participation. As part of its academic program Augsburg seeks t o give all its students an informed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition t o this intellectual task the aim of the college is t o help students understand the Christian faith as relevant for their own experience and for participation in the commitment to the role of the Christian community in the modern world. Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by its location. The college i s also aware that it has a responsibility t o contribute t o the larger community. In doing this, the college directs several of its programs specifically at the metropolitan setting, provides areas of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers itself as an educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved t o Minneapolis in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with The American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Continuing ties with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of the original sign for Old Main. From Fjord to Freeway, a candid history of the College and its people during the first 100 years, by Augsburg's Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore. Location and Campus Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and t w o of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or o n bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service t o MinneapolisSt. Paul International Airport include American, Capitol, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies I t i s the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators who are listed in the Communications Directory (page 151) or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles o n Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council, and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (19001 is home for the Foreign Langua e and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artrnents. Extensively remodgelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with arc!itectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Pfaces. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Cerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 321 students. tach$= is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, ~ u d and y utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Music Hall, (1978) newest buildin on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music5ibraries, practice studios and offices forthe musicfaculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Halt, (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, providesfacilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes, Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Students meet at the kiosk, in the " Q u a d [ P h o t o by Scott Stensrud) Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, sex, age, disability, and national or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office staff members are available to help students and parents with college planning. The Admissions Office is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitors are asked to write or call the Admissions Office (612) 330-1001 prior to the visit. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it t o the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required t o submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 6. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application is available in the Admissions Office. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish t o accelerate their educational program may by granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission t o the College, is sometimes necessary. For example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission t o the major is necessary. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 5. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar's Office. A student who has attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) In some circumstances, a person may be admitted as a special student (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually a parttime student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission t o Augsburg two months prior t o the start of the semester: July 1 for Fall, November 1 for Spring. To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. I r I _C1- .? - logging along the [Mississippi) River Road is an activity shared by students, faculty and staff [Photo by john Louis Anderson] Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from the American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1984-85 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1984-85 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right t o adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ....................................................................$5,560.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1984. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course .....................................................775.00 This rate applies t o students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/ or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ...............................................390.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. ................................................................. 1,210.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ...................................................................... 1,180.00 Room Rent (includes telephone) Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,140.00; the point plan is $920.00. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) Late Registration (per day after classes begin) Registration Change after firsi 5 days (Canceljaddlchange grade option, or combination at one time) ................................ ........................................... $ 5.00 ..................... 10.00 Introduction to Cinema Arts Life Drawing (See lnterim Catalog for fee) Medical Technology (Senior Fee) 5.00 35.00 Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) 390.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) 150.00 Class, per semester .................... 50.00 Radio-Television Production 10.00 Theater Technical Production 35.00 ..................... ............................. Student Teaching (per course) Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) .................. 15.00 125.00 ................................ 775.00 Fees Payable by Check/Cash Application (new and/or special students) $ 15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests .......................... 40.00 5.00 Locker Rental (commuters) ........... ..................... .. Student Parking Lot Permit ........... Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ............. special Examinations (schedule on file in Registrar's Office) 20.00 2.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $200 - 250 per year. Deposits Enrollment (non-refundable) ...................................................................... $00.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited t o the student's account when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage ..........................................................................................100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, t o reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due t o late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1 for Fall semester or January 1 for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent t o the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter. (4) 10-month Payment Plan - upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 participation fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installments beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts 'which are current. An application will be sent upon request. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student LoansNDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according t o established repayment schedules. Refunds Withdrawal from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 700% 40% 80?b 7'0% - through the first five da s of clasm. - from the sixth through 7&h dav of classes. - from t h e I f th through 15th day of classes. - from The 76th throu h 20th dav of classes. 600~1- from the 21st fhrau$ 25th day of classes. 50% - from the 26th day o: classes thmugh the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student i s forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an interim or t o graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied t o the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may well be one of the more significant investments that an individual or a family will make in an entire lifetime. Because this is the case, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized in paying the related expenses. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to help provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary and advisory, that will protect access t o a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1983-84 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $5,800,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. r 0 -= n =a Q 1 =. I ne amount or assistance Tor wnlcn a stuaent IS ellglDle IS aetermlnea wltn tne help and analysis of the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. < How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission t o Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (EFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it t o the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. (To be considered, use code 6500.) Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three t o four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. I 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish t o complete the Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissions Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after prior calendar year income information is available. This is after January 1 but before March 15. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS). Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged t o investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships - Full tuition Presidents Scholarships and half tuition College Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. Because this is a unified program, full tuition or half tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and the limit of the award. The award is renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15. Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and half tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded for each fall to the most academically qualified full-time students who are direct transfers t o Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or A.S. degree, having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due March 15. Lutheran Transfer Scholarhips - Up to seven scholarships are awarded for each fall to full-time students who have completed the A.A. or A.S. degree at a Lutheran junior college and are direct transfers to Augsburg College without further coursework at another institution. Awards of $500 are based on academic merit and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due May 15. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available t o students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up t o full tuition and fees. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1984-85, they range from $100 to $3407. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1984-85 is $1900 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent t o the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of lndian Affairs/Tribal and lndian State Scholarships - American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. Students must be '/4 degree lndian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - JointAugsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $6,000. Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Beginning with loans for school periods starting September 13, 1983 and after, simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2500 per year with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $12,500. Applications are available at the college, some banks, and the Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program t o help parents meet college costs. Parents may borrow up to $3,000 per year with an aggregate maximum of $15,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a simple interest rate of 12% and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has an account. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. A l l on-campus w o r k is governed b y policies stipulated i n t h e w o r k contract issued t o t h e student employee f o r each placement. Payment is made monthly b y check t o t h e student employee. College W o r k Study Program and Minnesota State W o r k Study Program - Under these programs t h e federal o r state government supplies funds o n a matching basis w i t h t h e College t o provide some part-time w o r k opportunities. A i d Association f o r Lutherans W o r k Service Program - A special program of offcampus placement i n Lutheran congregations, w i t h w o r k assignments made at t h e discretion of t h e congregation, which will support t h e life and mission of t h e congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by t h e Student Affairs Committee unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of t h e department involved. Descriptions o f awards are f r o m statements 03 t h e donors' wishes. 'Indicates endowed scholarships General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships - a number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation. Bremer Foundation Scholarships - awarded annually to students from towns and cities where Bremer banks are located. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. JohnG.Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - awarded annually to freshmen students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a bequest of John C.Quanbeck. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship' - awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded annually to able and deserving upperclassstudents who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. Grace Jewellensen Buster Memorial Scholarshtp' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chrnese students who have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. EstabYished in 1983 by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel JensenBuster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to able and desewing student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife. David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* - one or more ~holarshipsare awarded annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979 by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David 1. Fomo, 1464 alumnus. Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarhip* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass international students who have overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1981 by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Crace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to women students transferring from Waldorf College, with preferencegiven to those in music andJorelementary education. Established in 1975 in memory of Catha Jones, 1970 alumna, by her parents, Mr.and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge Program. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a senior student(s) who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1977 to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who sewed his fellow men with humanity and wisdom. Minority Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. The American Indian Achievement Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to an American Indian upperclass student(s) who has a cumulative gtrade point averageof 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984 by The Hearst Foundation. Homecoming Auction Scholarships - awarded annually to two students, one of whom must be a minority student, who have demonstrated ability to facilitate discussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty, staff and students. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her servtce to students. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - members of American racial and ethnic minorities who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college O R are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memor~al Scholarship' - awarded perlodlcally to a tllack American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys JohnsonSimengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* - available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparingfor the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship' - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Cerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarhip* - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarhip' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan I. 0. Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister as welt as his scholarly research and pioneer rhought concerningthe Apostle Paul's traditionally rnlsundemtood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal statcs for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church. Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserv~ngjunior/sentor student recommended by the scholarhip committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by the donor, the Rev. Caivin 1. Storley. Established in 1965 to honor the memory of Marguerite Hamilton Storley and her interest and concern in the mission work of the Christian church. Morris G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund' - awarded annually to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris C. C. Vaagenes. 04 1 Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown Prince Harald Scboiarship - Established by authorization d the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Nomay. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge-Amerika Fareningen. The Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. AugustMolder Memorial A r t Sctlofarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students majoring In art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in memory of Awgun Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Allen Russel Olson Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an uperclass student(s) majoring in Studio Arts, on the basis of need and artistic excellence. Established in 1984 by the family and Albert Hoffmeyer and friends, to honor the memory of Allen Russel Olson, an alumnus who was an accomplished artist, designer, photographer and writer. Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) partic~patingin the Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.2. Established in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a taIented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and desewing male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memarial Scholar5hip' - Awarded annually to two or more students,,participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or high Chr~st~an character. The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference In basketball. Established in 3975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, CaroI, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Row lordan Memorial Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annuaIly to uppercIass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Edablished in 1980 by the William Jordanand Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Adrninistration/Econornics Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* - Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassedwithin the Department of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. Reid Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education as a career. Established in 1970 by Harvey T. Reid. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemistry Scholarshipsa -Awarded annually to junior and senior fludents whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Mablished in 1968 by family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald A!dre Dr. W. M. Sandstram Carl Fosse Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen MinnesotaMiningand Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or professional school goals. Established in 7984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship' - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pedcrmn English Sfhoiarship" -Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majonng in English, with preference given to those who ptan to teach English as a career. â¬stabtished in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingley Modern Language Scholarship' - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to teach languag. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. fl N 1 Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to upperclass ijtudent(s) preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978 in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards*devotion and service in health care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Efsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship- Awarded annually t o a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock. The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness. - 1 I I H. N. Hendricksan History Scholarship" Awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given t o thwe who plan a career in the field, Established in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrirksan, professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952. Library Science Library Science Scholarship - Established in 1972 by library and library science instructional staffs to honor junior or senior students intending to enter the library profession. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department. Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-Urban Studies - Joel and Franc= Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs' One or more schola~hipsare awarded annually t o upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsbtlrg's Mission Statement relating to the Colfege's urban invofvernent. Established In 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends t o honor the setvice and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked ability in their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major medium during the first two semesters of performance studies. - Awarded annually to two or more students parDavid Gronner Memorial Schlarship' ticipating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. EtheI Cronner in memory of David Cronner, Augsburg College alumnus. demonstrated proficiency inchoral and/or instrumental rhusic,.interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I. Hertsgaard. Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* -Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. Edwin W. and Edith 0. Norberg Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg t o honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship' - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior PerformanceScholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Marilyn Solbwg Voice kholatrhip' - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 7955 by her parents, Mr. and ME. lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra. John & Vera Thut Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Established in 1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg. Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Physics Theodore I. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. Scandinavian Studies - lver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship' Awarded annually to an upperclass studentls) with academic ab~liy,in the punuit of a degree with concentration in Scandinawan languages, literature, liistorj and/or culture. Established in 7983 by their children and their [amities and friends te honor lver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding anniversary. Sociology Adolph PauIson Memorial Prize' - Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 7936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35. 'Day in May'is a traditional break before final exams Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are an important part of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to your education. Campus Ministry As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth i s evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students t o explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday t o give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged t o gradually change and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consulation or information on ways to get more involved in the campus ministry. Student Government Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring, except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, student-operated non-profit radio station sewing the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower. P4 ,1 a Fine Arts There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available t o cover the entire range of musical styles and previous muscial experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division Ill. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track & field, and softball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are sewed by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of Augsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act as a sort of road map. Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of sewices to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to your many questions about college life. ., Career Plannine and Placement. You mav be uncertain about where vou want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office, Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporary, and summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match students and jobs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships), Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available t o help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American Indian Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care and housing, input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student Union. Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month, contact with the AfricanAmerican Museum of Art, and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation. I*I The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. r Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the lnternational Student Adviser helps t o orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as to discuss personal concerns with individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Zeta House is a spedal interst house for sophomores, juniors or seniors interested in living in a chernicalIy-free environment, Residents have either successfully completed chemical dependency treatment, are interested in chemical dependency issues, or simply desire to live in a house free of alcohol and drugs. A chemicallyfree section of Urness Tower is available for freshmen. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try graup living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i5to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impart proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in mai-ters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by audents and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identifv appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letter5 and statements placed in the record before January 7, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on page 151. - - George Sverdrup Library is a favorite place to study [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide students with a broad liberal arts background - in the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major study in one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns, and to have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. General recreational activities courses acquaint students with and equip them for lifetime spons. Courses in religion assist in reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through study of its beliefs, scripture, and mission. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees, The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded t o graduates with majors in Music Performance. Majars in Music Education are awarded the B.M. or B.A. degree. Graduates with majors in athw fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a +week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). january Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty t o employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, there are a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many lnterim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 15.9 to 1. Faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, with further information in the Augsburg College Faculty section of the Registers. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other tocat sources of information, Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings i s available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with numerous terminals at several campus locations. The College also has numerous microcomputers, including Apple Il's, CDC '110'5, Osborne 1's KIM-1 laboratory micr~computers,and a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer. Augsburg also has access to Farge computers through the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Kenneth N. Erickson (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Roberta Metzler (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administratian (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 (B.S.) Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.A. or B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Minors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theater Arts It is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University. 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in Kindergarten-Elementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major($. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting t o teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed t o meet or exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact the program chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan t o enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field t o assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2 courses; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - This program provides a course of study which enables students to com~leteintroductorv core reauirements in mathematics. science and the libe'ral art; necessary for e&ineerini Some students in the prigram choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student t o earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students planning t o pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in the United States, t o help determine whether they posess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for premedical students. Both require CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125; and PHY 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires CHM 353, 361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires BIO 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 476), with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed t o meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires a year of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111, 112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 122; ENG 111 and a second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect t o participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. Fairview Deaconess Hospital Affiliation - Students in the Fairview Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing receive instruction in biology, chemistry and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission should be made directly to the hospital. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universitiesin Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of internationalexperience are available to Awgsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise t o apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes t o participate in an international program. The deadline is March 1 of the preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo), the South American Urban Semester (Bogota), or the Literature Ideology, and Society in Latin America. All are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. lnterim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity t o spend a year of study in London, Paris (American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-International Business. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month livingllearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships t o enable them t o spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad o n a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; the University of York, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University o f Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and distinctive course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, social events and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Progmm. Inquiries should be addressed t o Dr. Diane Pike, Honors Director. Internships and Cooperative Education I I These are college-wide programs that provide students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Placements are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. For further information, contact Patricia Anne Parker, Associate Academic Dean, for internships, or Garry W. Hesser, Director of Cooperative Education. Augsburg Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited t o selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (concentrations in management, marketing, finance, accounting, and management information systems), Communication (concentrations in public relations/advertising, human relations and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses,both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburgs continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office t o petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar - Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms Interim Office - Memorial 230, for lnterim Summer School Office - Memorial 230, for Summer School Weekend College Office - Memorial 329, for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters of Weekend College. Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. * 3 = 0 - .-t! A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. -5 ' .j tu 3 1 . U Q) Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. 4 1 All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior t o the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incomp l e t e ~or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not moreahan 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study; 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; 1 in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. / 2'2. Completion of a major. ,Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.( -\ 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department-of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts (devoted t o the study of literature) Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three -approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg, Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registar's Office. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 t o 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0, Students are cautioned t o use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements. Cemin courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wFsh t o use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice or grading system must be made accarding to dares published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the caw of extreme emergency. 60 receive it, a studerrt must file a petition with the Carnrnittee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission i s granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. If X is given, the course must be registered for as 1X in the following term in order that credit and a grade may be assigned. A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit 0.Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term t o determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed t o the Office of the Registrar. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, i s appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1) it is relevant t o coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by The College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students t o use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department t o administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request t o take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study directly related t o the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish t o prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's prev?ouslearning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition t o the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied t o the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied t o graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response t o a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes t o sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent t o the hometown newspaper. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 t o 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up t o but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Some departments also offer an opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. A student who registers for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course t o receive the final grade. bruaenrs lnreresrea In reglsrerlng ror alrectea or rnaepenaent stuay must rlrst secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on th.eir home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the minimum for classification as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. Students use computers for many courses [Photos by john Louis Anderson] - At Augsburg, a business major can take an art class [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Departments, Course Descriptions Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, students should consult the instructors. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numberin % Courses num ered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s areprimarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Art (ART) Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman D. Holen, Dorothy J . Williamson Majors in Studio Art, Art History and Teaching Ucensure are taught by a faculty committed t o teaching, creativity and research in the field. Among the programs available are departmental honors, art exhibitions, independent study and internships in museum and gallery work, communications, graphic design and cornmunrty cultural arts. Facilities include large work areas; t w o exhibition galleries, an art history slide library, a curatorial room and a stained glass studio. Students are encouraged t o acquire broad experience in general education along with a wide variety of art studies and one or more selected areas of concentration. Studio Art Major: 9-1 3 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118, 223, 360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221, 250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with portfolio o n approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102, 107, 225; Studio 118, 132, 150, 221, 223 and 250 plus a second course in t w o areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102, 107 o r 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majam: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development andlor special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made t o the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. U p t o four courses may b e taken i n one studio area or i n art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world d n g . Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring d e i g n problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 jewelry An introduction to-the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (On Demand) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting 11 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring 1985) 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Spring 1985) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Fall 1984) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1985-86) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th centurv art and its relations hi^ to Eurooean art as well as indieenous " movements. (Alternate years, 1985-86) Biology (BIO) Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud The department offers programs to equip students for graduate and professional study as well as for a variety of career opportunities presently available t o the biologist. Complementing the course offerings, the department possesses an impressive array of sophisticated laboratory instruments including a gas chromatograph, a scintillation counter, and an electron microscope. and faculty t o have access t o extensive library and research facilities and seminars discussing the frontiers of biological research. Major - Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of three groups: (1) 351, 353, 361, 481; (11) 355, 473, 474; (111) 440, 471, 476; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351, 353; (11) 355, 474; (111) 361, 481; (IV) 471, 473; M 440, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 7061, 351 and 352, Students who plan t o teach in secondary schaols ohen s e t m this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require CHM 353. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-112 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor, Spring) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or consent of instructor; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our wciety must deal? What threats are posed by poilution, the prospect of war. and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 109 and concurrent registration in CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor) 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodically through Aup5burg'~Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted aff campus with community pmpfe taking the course together with college students in a ca-fearning mode[. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111, 112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, 1985-86) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 lnternship Upper division internship. 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 103 or 122 orconsent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1985) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Fall 1985) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & tconomlcs Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, Walter Anastas, James E. Billings, John Cerrito, John Cosgrove, Anne Fosse, Satya Gupta, Gary Hovind, Robert Kramarczuk, Roy H. LaFayette, Thomas Morgan, Mohammed Nouri, Edward M. Sabella The department is committed t o developing within t h e student a blend o f theoretical and practical tools necessary f o r successful entry and advancement i n the business and academic communities. T o this end, t h e department affords specialization i n a variety of areas including: Accounting, Economics, Finance, International Business, Management, M a n a g e m e n t I n f o r m a t i o n Systems, a n d Marketing. Each o f these areas is dependent u p o n a strong foundation i n the liberal arts w i t h an emphasis o n solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing t h e occupational realities of t h e business and economic disciplines, t h e department is equally c o m m i t t e d t o m a i n t a i n i n g a n application o r i e n t e d balance. This is achieved i n part b y fostering close ties w i t h t h e corporate community, which i n t u r n provides a wealth of practical expertise and a w i d e variety o f internship opportunities as well as future j o b prospects. W e believe w e can best serve b o t h t h e community and t h e student b y providing training that is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration (BUS) Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262, 263,379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers i n accounting, completion of the t w o remaining courses i n the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262,373, 379, 478, and one from 381, 382, 483); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. ECO 392, MAT 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340,445); PHI 120; PSY 371,373; SOC 241 and 375 or 383; SPC 111 or ENG 223; SPC 354 or 355. MAT 114 is strongly recommended. Major i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 145, 250, 261, 375, 475,479); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 340 or 445,379); MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124); 4 Computer Science courses (240, 340, 350, 352). Major i n Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); PHI 120; SPC 351 or 352 and also 353. MAT 114 is strongly recommended. Major i n lnternational Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102,131, 135,261 and 399 or 499 and t w o from 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122, 123, 379); POL 160; 3 language courses (or demonstrated proficiency) from one of the following: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated with the foreign language courses) from 103, 104, 222, 322, 323, 324, 331, 332, 440, 474; 8 lnternational Core courses, including internship or independent study. Core courses must be taken abroad. Exceptions may be permitted with department approval. General descriptions follow. Students who plan t o major i n lnternational Business should contact the department's international adviser, Amin Kader, as soon as possible t o carefully plan their program of study. lnternational Core Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysis and sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations - The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational Core Courses - 3 t o be Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. international Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economic aspects of economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in the international payments xene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments nn the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor i n Business Administration: 6 courses, including 101, 102, and one of 261, 373, 379,478 and one of 262, 379, 381; ECO 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. M i n o r i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 courses, including 101, 250, 261,375,475; ECO 123; MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124; CSC 240). C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior t o fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all accounting and business law courses offered. Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition t o the courses listed below, these have been offered under BUS 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. - 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. 135 lntroduction to Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Fall) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 250 Data Processing, COBOL and FORTRAN An introduction to COBOL and FORTRAN programming. 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 102) 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: 101, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II A continuation of lntermediate Accounting I.An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible assets, liabilities and stockholders' equities. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: 135, Spring) 340 Personnel Administration Personnelfunction in business, acquisition and utilizationof human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: 145 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 375 lnforrnation Systems in the Organization Design and implementation of organizational structure and structural change. An informational processing point of view to examine design of communication, decision making and task systems. (Prereq.: 250) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship . Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: 330, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, Randards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: 145, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor) 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design The process of defining information requirements, construction of a logical &ode1 of information system and the preparation of a general design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications, documentation, and plan implementation. 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the riskireturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. ECO 392 is strongly recommended. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 479 lntermedlate quantltatlve Methods tor Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statis~icalresearch methods through use of the eledronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: 379 or equivalent, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. On demand) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. Spring) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with me~mbersof the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Economics (ECO) Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); BUS 101, 102, 379; MAT 114. MAT 373 may be substituted for BUS 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics. I n addition, courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Applied Economics: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division); BUS 101,102,379,479; PHI 130; MAT 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. MAT 211 is strongly recommended. MAT 373 may be substituted for BUS 379. The student is strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. Combined Major i n Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division); 6 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one upper division). Courses i n data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 i n the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. Minor i n Economics: 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted o n consultation w i t h t h e department chairperson. Notes: In addition t o the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory and Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains. ECO 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser: as soon as possible in order t o carefully plan their program of study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population ""Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors.) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 123 or 120. 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 122 or 120.122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: 123, BUS 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: 251 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Spring) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: 251, 258 and at least MAT 122 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: BUS 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry (CHM) Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted The goal of the department is to have our students develop into better scientists. Therefore, significant changes must occur in what they understand and know in the field of chemistry, how they think and approach scientific problems, and how they act in experimental work, in communicating their results, and in interacting with others. The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical Society, which has approved its total program. Students who complete the ACS major are competitive with their peers of the same ability in graduate school, chemical positions, or medical school. The approved program also meets the requirements for the chemistry background required by many related fields. The department provides opportunity for widening students' intellectual horizons, for developing insight into a field of science for non-majors, and for learning in an atmosphere which encourages students to remain lifelong learners. Graduation Major in Chemistry: 115, 116, (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361, 363 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year. American Chemical Society Approved Major: 12 courses including 115, 116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497,499), Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 224; PHY 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester and computer proficiency are also required. Teaching Major: Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106); 3 courses in earth and life sciences; CHM 351, 352, 353, 361, 363, 364, 482, 491 (BIO 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 353 and two other chemistry courses above 300 (except 399). BIO 367 may be one of the courses. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement I n 105 o r 115 IS determined by t h e score o n t h e Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 351,353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109, 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109 and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109, Fall; 110, Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, math placement. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 199 lnternship Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351, 352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall) 361, 364 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124, 125. 361, Fall; 364, Spring) 363, 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1/2 course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in9hysical Chemistry lecture. 363 is to be taken the first half of the spring semester and involves experiments related to 361. 365 i s to be taken the second half of the semester by all persons taking 364. 399 lnternship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor. Fall) 483 .Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. Uunior Standing) East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepanmental program which provides a foundation lor careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Harnline University. There also is a contractual arradgement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japaneselanguage courses. Opportunitim for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the W.5, See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible t o take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322, 323, 324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 241; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226, 399, 495, 499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related t o the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics Education Barry Franklin, Chairperson, Sheldon P. Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education and Secondary Education. Students interested in attaining licensure in any of these areas or in pursuing the study of education as a liberal discipline will find opportunities in the department, where programs combine the study of educational theory with practice in actual school settings. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring to Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it is within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments to determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable t o requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Students who wish t o register for student teaching must have been admitted t o the Education Department. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education (EDE) Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483; HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level mathematics course; academic minor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses required for licensure; fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, for juniors, includes 341, 352, 381, 382, 384, 386. (341, 381, 382, 383, 384 are 112 courses) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Kindergarten-Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295, 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower division independent study. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall) 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265 or consent of instructor. Spring) 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265. Fall) 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Science (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten program, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: a teaching license at the elementary level. Summer I) 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, Language Arts Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Children's Literature and Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 481, 482, 483 Student Teaching I K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 484 Student Teaching II K-6 Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481, 482, 483) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty. Prekindergarten Education (EDE) This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson. Licensure Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 325, 425, 160 hours of student teaching; PSY 351; SOC 231. For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the department chairperson. 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus on the young child as a person and the importance of the early years in relation to the effects of present day society and culture on the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) Secondary Education (EDS) Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements o f the State o f Minnesota f o r teaching i n secondary schools are met through t h e Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major i n an approved teaching area; 265, 354, 388, 478, methods course($ i n major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall, 2.0 i n education courses, 2.5 i n academic major and P i n student teaching. Application for and acceptance i n t o t h e Augsburg licensure program required. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing f o r licensure i n o n e o f these areas follows t h e secondary education program even though h e o r she plans t o teach at t h e elementary school level. A person w i t h a major i n o n e o f these special areas will take three courses i n student teaching and d o some student teaching at b o t h t h e secondary and elementary levels. I n addition t o 354, the art major will register for 361, 362; the Physical Education major f o r 365; and the music major for 373. Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead t o licensure f o r grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead t o licensure i n the following areas: I - B a n d (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2-Orchestra (K-12) and classr o o m music (5-12); 3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); o r 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement o f at least "good" i n t h e listening, speaking, and reading parts of the M o d e r n Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take t h e MIA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will b e recorded i n t h e candidate's permanent file i n t h e Department o f Education. The Professional Term: School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly i n one full-time term i n professional education. Attendance at special afternoon o r evening seminars is also required. A student w h o elects t o take just t w o courses i n student teaching may take o n e course i n independent study at this time. All students are expected t o b e involved full-time i n t h e activities of t h e professional term. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295, 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materialsand issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnemta for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 410 Health Methods (See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education (EDE, EDS) Barry Franklin (Coordinator) Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282, 491; PSY 351, 357; one course chosen from HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Library Science (LIB) This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson. Minor: Minimum of 4% courses, including 341, 345, 358, 359, 475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See under Elementary Education) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondan/ school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities t o allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota lnstitute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. University of Minnesota - The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: 1. Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) which enables students t o receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. 2. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) which enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A.1B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A.1M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.1 M.E. program are not guaranteed admission t o the lnstitute of Technology. Washington University - Three-Two Plan Michigan Technological University - Dual Degree Plan These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the ~ n ~ i n e e rAdviser in~ of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or Three-Two Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351, 352. English (ENG) Ronald C. Palosaari, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, John Gidmark, Walter Howerton, John R. Mitchell, Catherine C. Nicholl, Richard B. Sargent, David Wood The English department offers courses in literature, writing, and film. Regular offerings are supplemented by topics courses and interim courses. The department sponsors the literary magazine, Murphy Square, and holds a weekly program, Words'worth on Wednesday, devoted to language and literature. Many students gain practical experience in writing and teaching through internships. Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111, 351, 352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required t o gain practical experience in teaching writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation t o Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouragedto use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Coethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1984-85) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1985-86) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1984-85) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. 1 Foreign Languages !I 7 Mary A. Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth L. Aaskov, Leif E. Hansen, Mary E. Johnson, Gunta Roientals, Natalia Sich, Donald Steinmetz The study of foreign languages breaks down barriers of space and time. It permits i us to reach beyond the boundaries of the English-speakingworld t o communicate with other peoples, t o share their experience of being human. In short, our world becomes larger, richer, and less provincial. : b : The study of linguistics seeks to penetrate the secrets of language, to reveal the : operation of the communicating mind. It is in these ways that the study of foreign languages and linguistics is central to a humanistic education. . 1 b Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement is according t o the number of semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111; 3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the chairperson. 5 Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by the department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. , Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite t o all upper division courses. [ Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French (FRE) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 312, 331 o r 332, 350 o r 355, 351 o r 353, 450 o r equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n civilization, and o n e i n literature. Interim, summer, o r semester i n France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization. Study i n France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog. 01 1 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the French language and culture to the student with one year or less of high school French study. Aims to develop four skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Classroom practice in understanding, speaking, and reading basic French. Four class meetings a week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall) 112 Beginning French For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 21 1 lntermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall) 212 lntermediate French Through articles, interviews and literary readings this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representativeworks of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, idhas. Cultural manifestationsthat promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351, 353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 399 Internship Upper division internship. 41 1 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German (GER) Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Semester in Germany required. Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111, 112 Beginning German Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 211, 212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of Gerrnan literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of Gerrnan cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 lndependent Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or consent of instructor. On demand) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of indtructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Japanese (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Linguistics (LI N) 199 lnternship lnternship for lower division credit. 217 ESL Workshop: Building Better English Skills This course will assist international students in their initial linguistic and academic adjustment to college-level study in the U.S. The course is offered in five modules to meet the differing needs of students with different kinds of backgrounds. Students register for the modules corresponding to their needs as indicated by testing. The modules are: Orientation, Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing. 218 Advanced ESL The purpose of this course is to prepare international students for college-level studies in the United States on an equal or near-equal linguistic footing with their American fellow students. The course is offered in three modules to meet the different ESL needs of different students: Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing. 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analvis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and featurn cornman to all languages) and p.jychalinguistics (inquiry in to themechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). TheorericaE questions wilt be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequ~site.Recommendedfor all language majors and minors. (Fall) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminating underlying phiiorophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasfed with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Norwegian (NOR) I: I Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311, 312 o r 331, 353,411. Study i n Norway required. Minor: 4 courses above 211, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n civilization, and o n e i n literature. Study i n Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 lnternship lnternship for lower division credit. 21 1 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) I 312 Old Norse An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors/minors will have special assignments. (On demand) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Alternate years) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 41 1 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Russian (RUS) One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coordinator. 11 1, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish (SPA) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 1 1 1, 112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Laboratorywork is an integral part of the course 199 lnternship lnternship for lower division credit. 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversationalskills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring) '1 > 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See under Program in Global Community) 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. rhrough background reading and class discussion in English the w d e n t isacquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course do- not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand) 261 Spanish Language (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish a n d wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oraF and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic u a g e and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. ( O n demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of fiierary dudies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the praaical component, students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected w a r h of literature in Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. General Studies (GST) John A. Hill (Registrar), Garry W. Hesser, Joel Mugge, Donald Warren Some courses help t o integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education. 005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar An introduction to college academic life required of all new students at Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall term. No course credit. 107 Integrative Pro-Seminar The seminar focuses on selected issues, utilizing the insights, theories and approaches of three disciplines for a more adequate understanding of a particular issue. Community resource persons, simulations and discussions are used to integrate the disciplines focused on the same topic. No course credit. 140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also f o c u w on irnproving those skills so impartant to academ~csuccess: reading rate and comprehension. note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking. concentration and memodzar~on,conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall; 141, Spring) 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community) Health and Physical Education Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Paul H. Grauer, Alvin L. Kloppen, Douglas Nelson, Marilyn Pearson, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Bethany Shifflett The department prepares students for service in two majors, offers a specialization in Corrective Therapy, and provides certification for coaching in Minnesota schools. Students interested in DevelopmentaljAdapted Physical Education should consult with the department chairperson. xuaents are aavlsea to consult w ~ t han adviser in the department tor planning purposes and with the Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. Men and women students interested in participating in intercollegiate sports or intramurals may inquire with departmental personnel in Melby Hall. Health Education (HPE) Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; BIO 103, 108, 111; CHM 105 or 109; PSY 105; SOC 231, 241. Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; BIO 103; SOC 231. 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 199 lnternship lnternship for lower division credit. 114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course) Principl~sand practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. ' 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques ior developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention is given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer school only) 488 Neurology (1/2 course) A study of the nervous system and the diseases associated with it. (Summer School only) 489 Pathology (1/2 course) The nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise Exercise techniques as applied to various disbilities, testing muscle strength and range of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer School only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and personnel management descisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy relations. (Summer School only) 495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study for upper division credit. Physical Education (HPE) Major: 114, 115, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; BIO 103. Teaching Licensure Major: 114, 11 5, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; BIO 103. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should consult w i t h t h e Education Department f o r requirements. Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: 114, 115, 354, 355, 485, 488, 489,491, 493, Professional Affiliation Block 495-496-497-499; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 475, BIO 103; PSY 105, 355, 362. A l l C.T. specialists must b e accepted by t h e Education Department f o r teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must b e secured by t h e corrective therapy coordinator. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: 114, 115; 223, 231, 232 or 472, 243. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 002, 003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit. 199 Internship lnterrnship for lower division credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim and Spring) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Even number years, Spring) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Spring) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term.) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd number years, Interim) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd number years, Interim) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Odd number years, Spring, second half of term) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd number years, Fall) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. > History (HIS) Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson History study at Augsburg College has led, for a considerable number of graduates, t o careers in teaching on both the secondary and college levels. Fully as important, in the minds of the department faculty, is the value of this discipline as one of the major components of the liberal arts. History, well studied, trains the mind in a manner that contributes significantly t o any career preparation, t o service in community and church, and t o life enrichment. Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or I1 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestownthrough the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20fh Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of lapan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course wilt include a study of the distinctive features of the PreMeiji era, modern~zationfactors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community) 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. ~ b HellenlStlC 1 breece and Kome to 3 3 A.U. ~ A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. See department chairperson. 412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. 431 European Urban History A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. 440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. 499 Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Humanities (HUM) Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson The Humanities major provides the opportunity t o reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach similar questions and issues, and t o participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking courses in various departments relating t o that theme. The major was created especially t o encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major. Major: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used t o satisfy the requirement. Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook. A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 275 Perspectives on the Humanities An introductionto the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values from the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines. Interdisciplinary Studies (INS) (See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and Women's and Minority Studies) International Relations Norma C. Noonan (Director) lnternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged t o consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, but many students study two languages. The goal of the program is t o give students a broad exposure t o international studies with considerable freedom t o choose options for specialization. Students In the recent past have focused their studies o n Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia, and others. * U Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major. Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: ECO 122 or 123; HIS 103 or 104, 332; POL 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350, 351, 381, 382; SOC 241; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course o n a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern language. L Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration in an area of the world or in one af the major disciplines in the program. 5 1 Mathematics/Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Paul Hulse, Leo Lake, Noel Petit I The Department of Mathematics provides a diverse program for students majoring in mathematics or computer science and for students needing mathematics or computer science background for other disciplines. Within the mathematics major a diversity also exists t o provide programs for those interested in pure or applied mathematics. The computer science program has been developed to emphasize relationships to other disciplines in a IiberaE arts curriculum. This program uses a PDP 11/60 computer for most of its curricuIum. Also available are several microcomputers such as Apple II, Osborne, PLAT0 and Tektronix far use by students throughout the college. Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: CSC 170 or 270. The following courses d o not count towards this major: 104, 114, 121, 122, 131. For teaching licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for requirements. Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses: 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355; CSC 170, 240, 345, 350. Also recommended, 226. Computer Science Major: 9 courses including 240,345, 350,445,450; 270 or BUS 250; 3 electives from 340, 352, 395, 495, 497, MAT 355, PHY 261, and BUS 479 or SOC 363. Also required: 170 and MAT 124, 125, 224 or MAT 174, 175; MAT 215; BUS 379 or MAT 373 or SOC 362. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level w i t h participation i n a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: '5 courses, including 124, 125, 224. The following courses d o n o t count towards t h e minor: 104, 114, 121,122, 131. For a teaching minor, t h e t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 21 5, 314, 351, 373, 441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or M A T 175), 240, 345, 350, and o n e course f r o m BUS 379, any CSC course over 260, M A T 355, PHY 261, o r SOC 363. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course i n this department t h e student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites. A course must b e completed w i t h a grade o f 2.0 o r higher t o count as a prerequisite. The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at other announced times during t h e year. Score requirements o n the test for entry t o courses are: II f o r course 104; 111 for courses 114, 121, 122, 131; IV f o r courses 124, 174. Students whose score is V, o r w h o have taken t h e College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should consult w i t h t h e department about appropriate courses. Any exceptions t o course o r placement test score prerequisites must be approved b y t h e instructor. Mathematics Courses (MAT) 104 Basic Mathematics II A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. (Spring) 114 College Algebra and Trigonometry A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences. 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (Prereq.: 124 for 125; 125 for 224. 124, 224, Fall; 125, Spring) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. (Fall) 174, 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I, II A study of discrete and continuous mathematicswith applications to computer science, integrated with learning a higher level programming language. (Prereq.: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175, Spring) 21 1 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324 Advanced Calculus I A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 355 Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, CSC 170 or 270) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses (CSC) 145 Introduction to Computers An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward either a computer science major or minor. 170 Introduction to Structured Programming An introduction to computer languages and algorithms, including applications from mathematics, science, business, and other areas, programming in a higher level language such as Pascal. (Prereq.: 145, MAT 124, or BUS 250. Spring) 174 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I (See MAT 174) 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science 11 (See MAT 175) 240 Elementary Computer Science An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175 or BOTH 170 and MAT 124. Fall) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 145, 170, 175, or BUS 250. Interim) 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq. 240. Fall) 345 Computer Systems and Assembly Language Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Development of competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 240) 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq.: 240. Spring) 395 Topics Study of intermediate topics, from such areas as computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. 399 Internship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, mernon/ and process management, interactions between major components oi computer swems, and a detailed studv of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems will he emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 345, MAT 215. Spring) 450 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall) 495 Topics Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of an area from one of the other courses. 497 Research Project An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. If directly supervised by a faculty member the course may be laken for credit, (Prereq.: 345, 350. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Medical Technology Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser); John 0. Swanson, Director, and Dorothy K. Karlen, Education Coordinator, Metropolitan Medical Center; Nikola D. Kostich, Medical Director, and Kathleen M. Shields, Program Director, Abbott Northwestern Hospital. This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closeEy with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 72-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Students transferring to Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another institution. Required Science Courses: 1) BIO 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2 ) CHM 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 351, 352, 353; 3) PHY 103 (or 121, 122); one mathematics course; one course in immunology. Hospital Internship Courses: During the internship, courses are taken in clinical chemistry, clinical hematology, clinical immunology, clinical immunohematology, clinical microbiology, and clinical microscopy for a combined value of nine courses that are applied to the degree at Augsburg. Metro-Urban Studies (INS) Garry W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, social work, history, political science, economics, psychology, business administration and education. This faculty approves Urban Concerns courses t o meet the distribution requirement, provides leadership for the College's urban mission, and assists all departments and programs in using the remarkable metropolitan resources. Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 14 college and universities. The director is sewing a second term as HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access t o five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123, 379 or SOC 362; HIS 431; POL 122, 384 or SOC 363; SOC 111, 381; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233, 260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended. To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: GenerallLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director. 199 lnternship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 lnternship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses u p o n t h e Twin Cities metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 Internship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This interdisciplinary field learning program is at t h e University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life i n Scandinavia. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasisis placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester i n t h e city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. It focuses u p o n urbanization and development i n t h e Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 361 lntrodudion to Columbia Overview of Columbia and economic development. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term (SFST) A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco (See MUST 359) 399 Internship (See MUST 399) 499 lndependent Study (See SUST 499) E. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA) This n e w Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel i n Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and Grenada. Immersion i n Spanish language and Colurnbian culture are stressed. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Selected works of literature and theater that express writers' and artists' perspectives on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on contemporary period with considerable field study, including interviews with community arts and "street" theater groups, writers, literary critics, composers, performers and film-makers; small-group field assignments on current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits, movies, plays, concerts and a variety of community arts events. 1 ? Z ! 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among arts, ideology and society. Provides historical background through survey of Latin American thought in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican, Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "lndigenismo," Realist and Contemporary. Readings and seminar lecture-discussions. ; 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America ! I !> Introduction to the study of ideology and historical overview of Latin American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and social change. Comparative study of current ideological debates and their impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competing ideologies; interviews with government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects reflecting ideology-in-practice. 1 ,: ? 499 Independent Study By special permission from LlSM faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent study research instead. I Music L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Gilkey, Cynthia Goetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Angela Wyatt Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, David Livingston, Paul Lohman, Steven Lund, Roberta Kagin Metzler, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy, Celeste O'Brien, Marlene J. Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson The Department of Music serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. A vital component of liberal arts education is provided for students from all disciplines by participation in the various ensembles, private lessons and other course study. Distribution requirements: The following music courses satisfy the college requirements for: Art-Music: 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble, 130, 230, 231, 232, 330, 341-342, 432. Religion: 432 Minority Studies: 330 Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101, 102, 111, 112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with 4 quarter courses in performance studies. Music Majors: Students wishing t o make music their life work may choose a course of study from among 5 majors in 3 degree programs. Bachelor of Arts-Music Major: this major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares students for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Bachelor of Music-Performance Major: this major requires advanced competence and achievement as preparation for professional performance, private teaching or advanced study. Music Education Major: this program, available in both the B.A. and B.M. degrees, provides the requirements necessary for licensure and other music education possibilities. Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major: completion of this major prepares students for the professional certification examination and a wide variety of career opportunities. Consult Music Department Guides and program advisersfor additional information, requirements and course sequence outlines. Honors Major: Candidates tor the honors program are nominated each sprlng from among those iuniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty cGmmittee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or comtjinations of the above. Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level II repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, t o the department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. Music Education majors, both B.A. and B.M. programs, must apply, by petition, t o the department during the sixth term of study. Department approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 101 or 102. Freshmen who wish t o be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration. Degree and Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts Music Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458. Music Education Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus one half course credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses; Vocal emphasis - 251 and one of 252, 253, 254 Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155 Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105; HPE 114, 115; EDS 265, 354, 355, 356, 357 or 358, 388, 478, 481, 483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser. Bachelor of Music Music Education Major: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium; Vocal emphasis - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435 Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155 and 1 course credit of music elective Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114, 115, ED5 265, 354, 355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser. Music Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals 358, 459; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major performance medium; Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements Piano or Organ - 301, 302, 436, 456, one half course credit of music elective Instrument - 301, 302, one and one-half course credits of music electives Bachelor of Science Music Therapy Major: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music therapy or music elective; two of 151, 155, 156; 271, 274 or 275, 372, 373, 472, 473, 474, 475, 479; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0 in each .music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Core Curriculum and Applied Music Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111, 112, 201, 211, 231, 232, 311, 312, 341, 342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major. French or German study as stated in general education requirements. Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted t o members of major ensembles (MUE 111, 112, 121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit are required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student must take private lessons for no credit (PIN grading only) and is not required t o fulfill the additional performance and listening requirements. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit - one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter course credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice per week. One half course credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per week. One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, each year in a general student recital, and as additionally required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to attend 10 designated music events during the academic year. Failure t o attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. faculty members will deterriline the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. B.A. and B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill. B.M. Music Education Major - one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level Ill and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV. B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358, 459. Keyboard Proficiency: B.M., B.S., and B.A.-Music Education candidates must dem- onstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5 in 155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance studies. Music Courses (MUS) Theory 101 Materials of Music 1 (1/2 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall) 102 Materials of Music 11 (1/2 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring) 111 Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registration in or completion of 101. Fall) 112 Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111 and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring) 201 Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall) 202 Form and Analysis (1/2 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring) 211 Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall) 212 Aural Skills IV (1/2 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring) 301 Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course) 16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201, 211. Fall) 302 Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Spring) 311 Composition 1 (1/2 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall) 312 Composition 11 (1/2 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Spring) 341 Basic Conducting (1/2 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall) 342 Choral Conducting (1/2 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring) 344 Instrumental Conducting (1/2 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theory-composition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music. 401 Counterpoint 111 (1/2 course) Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall) 402 Counterpoint IV (1/2 course) Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring) 411 Composition 111 (1/2 course) Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall) 412 Composition IV (1/2 course) Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring) History and Literature 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. 230 Electronics in Music Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors. 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Fall) 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Spring) 330 Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general as well as the music student. (Interim) The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.: 231, 232.) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1985) 332 Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1986) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (1/2 course) (Alternate years, Fall 1986) 334 Music of the 20th Century (1/2 course) (Alternate years, Spring 1987) 432 Church Music and Worship Development and inflence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. (Spring) 435 Voice Repertoire (1/2 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 436 Piano Repertoire (1/2 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 498,499 Independent Study (1/2 course each) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151 Voice Class Methods (1/4 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155 Piano Class Methods (1/4 course) Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. 156 Guitar Class Methods (1/4 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 English Diction (1/4 course) Fundamentalcourse in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open t o all students registered for vocal instruction. The following three courses are continuations of 251 with application for the Italian, 'German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (1/4 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 253 German Diction (1/4 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 254 French Diction (1/4 course) (Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 358 junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level Ill for Music Education Majors or full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit. 456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1986) ) I ! 1 i T / 458 Senior Recital Half recital by B.A. or 8.5. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course credit. 459 Senior Recital (1/2 course credit) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Music Performance majors. Therapy 170 Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (1/2 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 1 1 1 1 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. Practicum experience required as part of course work. 373 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musicar talent, and performance. Practicum experience required as part of course work. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4 course each) Senior year, volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2 course) Full-time placement in an NAMT internship setting for six months. Application for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) Ensembles (MUE) & Performance Studies (MUP) Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes interims. While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111 Augsburg Choir (1/4 course) 112 Chorale (1/4 course) 113 Chamber Choir (0) 114 Festival Choir (0) 121 Orchestra ( l / 4 course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131 Woodwind Ensemble (0) 141 Concert Band (1/4 course) 142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 ) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee, are available in some areas on the same basis.) All lessons are adapted t o the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Representative programs of study in private instruction are outlined in Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V t o indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain Ill; B.M.-Education Major - enter II and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter I1 and attain V. Il x Voice 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute, Recorder, Horn 14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba 15x Piano 16x Guitar 17x Percussion 18x Organ Note carefully the following provisions: 1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office. 2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available t o entering freshmen. 3. A semester of study i s 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 5. The music faculty reserves the right t o limit or even prohibit performance outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student. The department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. . . Natural Science Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator) The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed t o provide strong preparation for science teaching and t o satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. In addition t o the broad basic background in science, the program is designed t o allow for specialization in a major and for study in the liberal arts. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg t o recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9). Students planning t o teach Natural Science must complete the Broad Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses is designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106); 2 in life science (BIO 111, 112); 4 in physical science (PHY 121, 122 and CHM 115, 116 or 105, 106). To make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute PHY 103 for 121, 122. Life Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses and chemistry seminar, C H M 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 (or BIO 367), 482, PHY 245. Physical Science Emphasis - Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses, PHY 245, 351, 362, 395 and three additional t o be selected from 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486, 488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in life science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in physical science (CHM 353; PHY 245). Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in Biology; for chemistry, Broad Base plus 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 or 482; for physics, Broad Base plus any four courses above 122. Nursing (NUR) Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Nancy B. Dillon, Carol Hoffman, Alice Stark, Pamela Weiss-Farnan, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbfology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission to the major. In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) in nursing including 303,304, 310, 311, 325, 330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427; PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology course. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive t o the major. Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required t o complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study. Students interested in pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should consult with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the department chairperson by November 7 of the senior year; recommendation by nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for 499 to comple!e the thesis. 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course is one of the transitional courses that introduce the student to components of the professional role and begin the professional socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive and group communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice. 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are examined. 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. 311 Community Health Nursing I1 This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, PSY 355) 325 Nursing Process In this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools in the nursing process. The student uses communication skills to obtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-junior year.) 330 Trends and lssues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the emerging role of the nurse in family health care. (FallSenior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum in Nursing I This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403') 427 Pradicum in Nursing I1 This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404') 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. 'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy (PHI) M a r k Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach The department offers a full major i n philosophical studies as well as a minor and supporting courses such as philosophy of science and political philosophy, de'signed t o give students a philosophical perspective o n other disciplines. Four courses i n t h e history o f philosophy, spanning a period f r o m classical antiquity t o contemporary throught, give students a unique perspective o n t h e discipline through close study o f philosophical texts i n their historical contexts. The department strives t o teach t h e principles of philosophy i n their o w n right and stimulate their application i n other areas of learning. Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, 344, and o n e course i n t h e 400's (other than 499). Five of t h e courses must b e upper division. Honors Maior: Admission t o t h e Philosophy H o n o r s program is by recornmendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations w i l l be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the'course level, and a defense o f this thesis before the faculty of the department. Minor: 5 courses, including t w o f r o m 241, 242, 343, and 344. Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling t h e general education requirement. 110 lntrodudion to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuats jack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to wedern culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it a5 wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because p u like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 199 lnternship Internship for lower division credit. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe?Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 2 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 7 7th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prlor course, 241.) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge begin?In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really d have on philosophy? This course know about the world? What impact d ~ Romanticism studi- the major empiricists of the '18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hurne]. Kant's synthesis of philosophy, l W h century ideatism, and the reaction to idea'fism by men such a5 Mam, Kierkegaard and Nieksche. (Fall. Suggested prior c~ucse,241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language?Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other iss~resare dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does Cod exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of Cod with human and animal suffering?Is man really immortal?Are miracles possible?We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the retation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what is the origin of the State andfhe basis for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State? This course studies the key concepts of politics iound in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported t o be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What conRitrrles xierrtific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggestedprior courses, any from 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggestied prior courses: 241, 242, 343, or consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics (PHY) Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Mark J. Engebretson, Kenneth N. Erickson The physics department offers a traditional, rigorous major providing in-depth, undergraduate preparation for successful graduate work and scientific careers. Approximately two-thirds of our graduates have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a fine selection of universities. The department supervises the pre-engineering program at Augsburg with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the master's level. Faculty members are all active i n high quality basic research or consulting activities related t o their specialties. This continues t o provide outstanding undergraduate research experience for our upperclass physics majors. Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged t o work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised t o refer t o the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made n o later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open t o all students interested i n physics. Jlgrna rl Blgrna: MemDersnlp I n r n e nugsDurg cnaprer or rnls narlonal pnyslcs honor society is open t o those students w h o have completed t h e equivalent o f a minor i n physics, have a GPA o f 3.0 i n physics and overall, and rank i n t h e upper third o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elementary algebra. Fall) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associatedtechnology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121, 122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 199 lnternship Internship for lower division credit. 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is on physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,On demand) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 351, 352 Mechanics I, 11 A careful study of clasical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the hagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include consewation principles, single particle motion, systems of part~cles,osciltatory systems, cent ral-force motion, dynam~cs o i r i ~ bodies, d gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The daaical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnctostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in phys ics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, therrnodynamie, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor.) 399 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates. the Schrwdinger equation, operators, wavefunaionr, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied indude potential wells and patential barriers, the hamanic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351. Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour leaures. Prereq.:486. Spring) 499 lndependent Study An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. 1 r Political Science (POL) Milda Hedblom (Chairperson), Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan, Myles Stenshoel Firmly grounded in the liberal arts, the department has roots in philosophy and history and relationship t o the sciences and mathematics through its use of statistical analysis. Strengths include the balanced expertise of the faculty, with special strengths in politics and the communications media, politics of communist systems, and the political interpretation of public law. The major guarantees a breadth of understanding of the field and one or two sub-fields, providing a firm foundation for graudate work in political science, public administration, law and other professions. Theoretical skills of analysis are supplemented and applied through a highly successful internship program. Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Honors Major: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point werage mud be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their Honors Thesis, For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no Iater than the first term of the junior year. Minor: 5 courses,,including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements, Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1course in Political Science or consent of instructor) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial proces;, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand) II. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand.) Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years) IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section II for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of instructor.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examinafion of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research requ~red.(Prereq.: Stat~sticalAnalysis; 158 and two upper division courses, or consent of rnstructor.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (PIN grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. PIN grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 lndependent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Program in Global Community Joel Mugge (Director) The Center for Global Service and Education offers a Program in Global Community in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is the setting for a spring semester academic program which brings together undergraduate students from various colleges in a living/learning community. Its primary focus i s the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in light of the Christian proclamation. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director) INS 311 The Development Process This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental processes. Particular theories of development and educational approaches are critically examined. As an integrative seminar, the course attempts to pull together the many aspects of the overall program. The seminar provides students the opportunity to reflect critically on their own educational process as well. Applications from Brain-Mind Confluent Education are utilized to help integrate the scope and diversity of experiences. (Required course) CST 230 Cultural issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of eight mini-courses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required) HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (Either this course or CST 230 required) IN> ulreaea >way 499 Independent Study This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead of time in consultation with a departmental adviser on the home campus and the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to the discipline and the theme of global community. (Optional fourth course) LYY RE1 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology. Optional fourth course) Psychology (PSY) Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace B. Dyrud, Norman B. Ferguson, Duane Johnson The department emphasizes a scientific approach t o understanding human nature. Faculty expertise is diverse with interests ranging from biological bases of behavior to psychotherapy. Psychology majors must have a firm grounding in research methods and statistics. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the department and is approved by the chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Practical experience is available through the department's internship program. Facilities include laboratory areas, specialized classrooms and computer facilities. Major: 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg; PHY 103. Not more than two courses from among 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psvcholoav maiors take additional course work from other areas that will complehent avn'd st;engthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399,450; SOC 362, 363. These courses are designed to provide background and skills to perform as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson ior further details. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 199 lnternship lnternship on lower division level. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105) 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Mental Testing Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or consent of instructor) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology (See under Department of Sociology) 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 450 Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362; SOC 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychologythat are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 7 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permissionfor advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion (REL) Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Stephen H. Pinsky, Eugene M. Skibbe The primary orientation of the department is t o provide a series of courses which will enable students t o become better acquainted w i t h t h e content and character o f t h e Christian faith and enable t h e m t o reflect theologically o n their o w n religious commitment. Additionally, the department offers some courses which provide the possibility for the student to be introduced t o other religious traditions, and some "bridge courses" which point to the relationships between religion and other disciplines. Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied t o the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or 483, 362, 399, 471 or 473, 481. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, fie courses in religion are required: 111, 221, 362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school sett~ngand in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or 483, 362, 399, 471 or 473, 481); HPE 232; PSY 105, 351, 352 or 371, 485; SOC 111 or PSY 373, SOC 231; SPC 354 or 355. This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 199 lnternship lnternship on lower division level. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 299 Directed Study Independent study on lower division level. s>u rnllosopny or tcellglon (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 357 Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Refamtation, and modern periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. (Not offered 1984-85) 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring 1985) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America (See under Program in Global Community) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 432 Church Music and Worship (See under Department of Music) 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particuSarly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. AtZention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology -. of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Alternate years, Spring, 1986) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate years, Spring 1985) 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaismfrom the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspectivefor critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternate years, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), Natalia Sich Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is offered. This major i s a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives. a Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. . Each student's major program must be approved by the coordinator. ! Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA) ! b ;iII I' : j : Foreign Language Department Chairperson Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies, business administration. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 312 Old Norse (See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian) 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (On Demand) 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The Old World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (On Demand) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Khin Khin Jensen A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course (ECO 379, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 122, 258; HIS 103, 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 351, 363, 382,461; PHI 355; RE1 356; SOC 241; seminars, independent study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning t o fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 241) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 51 Social Work (SWK) Douglas Perry (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Edwina L. Hertzberg "Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work department. The major program prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council o n Social Work Education, and leads t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based o n a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates t o work with individuals, families, groups and communities. The Social Welfare minor and electives i n the department allow students t o support another major with knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Excellent field work opportunities exist within the Twin Cities metro area, which supports a system of human services considered among the best i n the nation. Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 465, 466, 467, 469; and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257, 260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC 12.1, 231, 365, 375, 383. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor i n that discipline.) A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course i n the Core Program and the Supporting Program. Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review (Exception: SOC 365 may be taken i n the senior year if necessary.) Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361, 463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 383; and one of 465, POL 121, 158, 325. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388. Elective courses open to all students: 257 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influencethe growth of individualsand families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor) 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 Internship Providesfield learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with an elected public policy maker. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or consent of instructor. Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) Courses reserved for Social Work majors only: 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 462 Field Work 11: Progressively responsiblesupervised professionalsocial work experience including work with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status; concurrent with 461; Fall) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 462, 463) 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 463.) 469 Field Work IV (formerly 464) Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Sociology (SOC) Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Diane Pike, Joel Torstenson Sociology seeks to describe and explain the many patterns which form a society or social structure, to understand the great variety of institutions within a society, and to evaluate social institutions and programs. Sociology can be preparation for a career in law, social work, the ministry, urban planning, government or business. A sociology minor provides a better understanding of the social processes for majors in psychology, social work, and education. The department urges students to use Augsburg's unique urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning. Major: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. bf 3.0 overall.' Application f o r honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist submission o f thesis proposal t o Department Chairperson before April 1 o f t h e junior year. Candidacy is contingent u p o n departmental approval o f proposal b y April 30 o f junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, t h e student will register f o r 499 t o complete w o r k o n thesis. Honors i n sociology will b e granted t o a candidate w h o successfully defends t h e thesis before M a r c h 31 o f t h e senior year and maintains t h e CPA through graduation. Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and t w o upper division courses (i.e., above.) 300 and Certificate i n Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 264), 363,450; PSY 399. These courses are designed t o provide t h e cognitive background and skill development t o perform well as a research assistant f o r agencies o r firms which d o program evaluations o r an employee w h o can develop and maintain ongoing self-assessment programs f o r an employer agency. See department chairperson f o r further details. 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus in addition to regular course offerings or off campus in conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others needing a background for social science. (Prereq.: working knowledge of high school algebra and consent of the instructor. Fall) 363 Research Methods This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121 and PSY 105) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particularemphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or consent of instructor. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) 498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (SPC) Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Gary Parker The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guidesfor each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. Theater study i s more than putting on plays. It is a serious study that combines the fine arts with many other fields. Minneapolis is an ideal place to study theater, because the Twin Cities have so many active theaters. In our program, we use the local theater scene as a learning laboratory. Also, professional theater people are regularly involved in our program as instructors and as guest directors. Augsburg offers accredited programs leading toward certification of secondary school teachers in speech, theater arts, and a combined speech-theater major. Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Communication Arts Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take 111, PSY 105, SOC 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and ENG 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: 111; PHI 130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 241, 375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343, 350, 351, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theater, participation in drama. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343, 350, 351, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at leas an EngIish minor, preferably a major. The communication major o r miner does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education far requirements in Education. 716 is strongly recommended for students i n elementary education, 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 199 Internship Internship for lower division credit. 227 Advanced Writing: Journalism (See under Department of English) 225, 330 Visual Communications I, II (See under Department of Art) 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 343 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Junior, Senior. Communication major or consent of instructor. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 lnternship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. 499 lnternship lnternship for upper division credit. Theater Arts Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major in theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. 111 is not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be supported by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228, 232, 343,350,360, 361,366,432, and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 228, 229, 361, 366, 428, 429, plus 2 courses in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art and dramat~cliterature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232, 241 or 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. Theater Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; one of the following: 241, 343, 350; and participation in dramatic productions. Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241, 350, 351, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); and a minor in English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisationusing stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) lnternship for lower division credit. 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects,theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I lntroduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division credit. 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History and Criticism Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. (Alternate years, Spring) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design I1 Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Spring) 499 lndependent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies (INS) Winston Minor (Director), Priscilla Buffalohead, W. Roger Buffalohead, Linda Buck Myers, Bonnie Wallace The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor is offered, there i s a certificate program in women's studies. Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for further details. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary mum providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economio and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousnws regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution oi Black cuhute and the impact of Black culture on American society. t . 1 -, E E E This course will examine a variety 13issues concerning the biolqical, evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles af women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American Indian Program office. 260 Contemporary American Indians The situation of lndians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (19343 with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditionsarnong selected lndian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Living on campus provides many options, including apartments in Mortensen Tower [Photo by john Louis Anderson] u 9 Augsburg College Board of Regents The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of current term. Charles W. Arnason (1988).Executive Director, Minnesota Technology Corridor, Minneapolis, Minnesota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984).St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Bottemiller (1986).Homemaker, Wadena, Minnesota Rodney P. Burwell (1988).Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Proform, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell j. Egertson (1988).Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Grangaard (1984).First Bank System, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986).Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1988).Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gary H. Lohn (1988).Vice President - Employment Preparation Services, Control Data Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Arthur Naftalin (1984).Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota Roselyn j. Nordaune (1988). Partner, Nodland, Conn, Judd, Nordaune, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984).St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Oren (1988).President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla (1986).Chairman of the Board, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota Carl N. Platou (1984).President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota Martin 0. Sabo (1984).Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988).Staff Writer - The American Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, Minnesota N. Stanley Stake (1986).Honeywell, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota Merton P. Strommen (1986).President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley W. Thiele (1986).Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984).Senior Social Worker, Hennepin County Community Services, Minneapolis, Minnesota Officers Donald R. Grangaard, Chairman Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman Charles W. Arnason, Secretary Darrell J.Egertson, Treasurer Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Doris Holman, Los Angeles, California Gustav Kopka, jr., East Lansing, Michigan Hamlet Peterson, Rochester, Minnesota Administration Office of the President President .............................................................................................. Charles S. Anderson Executive Secretary t o the President ...................................................Carolyn Magnuson David T. Wold College Pastor .................................................................................................... Alton C. 0. Halvorson Director of Church Relations ............................................................... Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College....................... Richard Green Lois M. Nielsen Secretary t o the Academic Dean Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs....... Patricia Anne Parker Secretary t o the Associate Dean ............................................................Ruth L. Maertens Richard J. Thoni Director of Weekend College ......................................................................... Director of Admissions & Public Relations, Weekend College ..................... Sharon A. Stein John A. Hill Registrar ................................................................................................................... Carol Stack Assistant Registrar ................................................................................................... Ralph W, Bailey Recorder Margaret Anderson Head Librarian Brian P. Hackney Director of Audio-Visual Center Thomas Reynolds Music Administrator - Arts Coordinator Winston Minor Minority Coordinator (Btack Student Affairs) Bonnie Wallace Minority Coordinator (American Indian Program) Donald R. Custafson Interim Director International Studies Program Director........................................................Mary A. Kingsley International Student Adviser ......................................................................Bradley P. Holt Director of Faculty Development ...............................................................Norma C. Noonan ................................................................. .......................................................................................................... .......................................................................................... .................................................................. ................................................ ................................................ .......................................... ...................................................................................... Student Affairs and Admissions Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ........................Marianne 8. Sander Dorothy Gauger Secretary t o the Vice President .................................................................. James B. Grubs Associate Dean of Students ............................................................................. Nancy Medcraft, Joan Slater Counselors.................................................................................... Director, Academic Enrichment ...............................................................Donald M. Warren Director of Career Planning and Placement ............................................ Coordinator, Student Employment ........................................................... Director of Student Life (Housing) .................................................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg Director of Student Activities .................................................................... Coordinator, Urness Tower ....................................................................... Coordinator, Mortensen Tower and Annex Houses ............................... Director of Admissions .............................................................................. Catherine A. Thomsen Secretary, Admissions ......................................................................... Assistant Director of Admissions .................................................................Eric L. Anderson Assistant Director of Admissions ......................................................Jeannette M. Wittmer Senior Admissions Counselor ...........................................................................Brian Arvold Coordinator of Admissions On-Campus/Volunteer Programs .......................... Sally Daniels Peter J. lmsdahl Admissions Counselor ..................................................................................... Scott C. Stensrud Admissions Counselor ................................................................................... Development and Public Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................................. Gerald D. Bjelde Secretary t o the Vice President .......................................................................Nancy Martin Thomas I.Benson Director of Planned Giving .......................................................................... Jeroy C. Carlson Assistant to the Vice Preident for Development Ass~cialeDirector of Develapment-Corporatrons/Foundations ...... Adelgund M. Fransen Assistant Director of Development-Annual Fund ............................................. Mark Zachary Director of Alumni/Parent Relatzons Janice A. Rykken Directat o i Public Relations Lois G. Wollan Kay Cady Director of News Bureau ........................................................................................... JillRaschein Manager, Central Services ..................................................................................... Hugh Pruitt Director of Research............................................................................................... ......................................... ........................................................... .............................................................................. Finance and Management Vice President for Finance and Management .......................................... Wayne D. Pederson Secretary to the Vice President ......................................................................... Cynthia Lein Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services Herald A. Johnson Virene M. Luthi Associate Director, Financial Aid Director of Personnel................................................................................... Bonnie-Jean Mork Michael D. Ranum Chief Accountant Manager, Administrative Computer Center ........................................... Daniel R. Cruikshank Manager, College Center ...........................................................................Mildred A. Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Storepending ................................................... Robert P. Gores Food Service Director ...................................................................................... Steve Boulka Director of Plant Services ............................................................................James Strategier Supervisor, Maintenance .................................................................................. Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena ...........................................................................................ames J. Carey ............................ .............................................................. .................... . ................................................................. Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. (1963-1980).President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. (1938-1963).President Emeritus. Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary Foundation. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson. (1947-83).Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. 1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Faculty car ot September, 1983) (beginning year of service on faculty) 'part-time Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960).Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert W. Adney* (1979).Studio Artist/Percussion. B.A., University of Minnesota. Roger E. Allerson* (1981).Lecturer, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Earl R. Alton (1960).Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959).Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Margaret J. Anderson (1967).Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. , Raymond E. Anderson* (1949). Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roberta A. Anderson* (1979). Specialist Early Childhood Education, lnstructor in Education. B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Joe Bash' (1983). Lecturer in Religion, Weekend College. John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary. James E. Billings* (1970). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Blaha* (1983). lnstructor in Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota. Vern M. Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Lynn Bollman* (1983). lnstructor in Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. David W. Boots (1982). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A,, Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artistflrurnpet. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown (1980). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon. B.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead' (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Roger Buffalohead* (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison. John Cerrito* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Community Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater Arts/Speech. B.A., Custavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper* (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. John Cosgrove* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of Minnesota. Nancy B. Dillon* (1983). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S., Wagner College; MS., University of Cincinnati. Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M . Div., Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry G. Follingstad .(l962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota. Anne Fosse* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Jo Michelle Beld Fraatz (1983). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark 1. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo* (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Celia W. Gershenson (1983). Lecturer in Psychology. John H. Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., Moorhead State College; H.Dip., Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Teague Goetz' (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Colorado. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. James B. Grubs (1983). Associate Dean of Students. B.S., Colorado State University; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Custavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Instructor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science. Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966).Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg college; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina L. Hertzberg' (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. (On leave Spring 1984) Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. John A. Hill (1980). Registrar, Coordinator of Institutional Information. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University. John B. Hjelmeland (1981). Director of Adminissions. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., Springfield College. Carol F. Hoffman (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1983-1984) Norman v. nolen ( i ~ b 4 ) .Proressor ot Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of lowa. (On leave 1983-84) Brad1.e~P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gary E. Hovind* (1981). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Walter Howerton' (1982). Lecturer in English B.A., M.F.A., University of lowa. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson(1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor-and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.S., University of Michigan. Robert Karlbn (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages, and Director of International Study. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee I.Klemp' (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College. Alvin 1. Kloppen (1976).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana college; M.A:, university of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Robert Kramarczuk* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A. College of St. Thomas; M.B.A. University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt Kretschmar* (1981). Studio ArtistIClarinet. B.A., St. Olaf College. Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, Weekend College. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science and Director of Academic Computer Center. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Leimbach* (1983). lnstructor in Psychology. Nicholas A. Lenz* (1980). Studio ArtistPoice. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard P. Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. David Livingston* (1983). Studio ArtistIRecorder. B.A., Augustana College, Rockford; M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Steven Lund' (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone. B.S., University of Minnesota. Richard S. Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Jerie McArthur (1983). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. M. ~ u s i Ed., c University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon. Joel D. Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication, Director of Center for Global Service and Education. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Elizabeth Proctor Murphy' (1984). Studio Artist/Cello. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music. Linda Buck Myers' (1983). lnstructor in Women's and Minority Studies. Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson' (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson' (1968). Associate Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl' (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl.., MS., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Mohammed Nouri' (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. Diplome, Ecole Centrale de Paris; MS., University of Minnesota. Celeste M. O'Brien' (1975). Studio ArtistIPiano. B.A., Hamline University. Sandra L. Olmsted* (1979). lnstructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison. James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1983-85) Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gary A. Parker* (1983). lnstructor in Speech. B.A., M.A., University of California-Davis. Patricia Anne Parker (1960). Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs. B.A., Eastern Michigan University: M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marlene J. Pauley' (1983). Studio ArtistIClarinet. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Michigan State University. Kermit E. Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin. Marilyn E. Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Wayne D. Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta E. Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas D. Perry' (1976). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Diane 1. Pike* (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Stephen H. Pinsky' (1983). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College. James Porter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Women's and Minority Studies. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio ArtistIStrings. B.S., MS., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 1 Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen E. Sandness* (1982). ACTC Lecturer in Japanese. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., Yale University. Richard B. Sargent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Exeter, England. Pauline Sateren' (1974). lnstructor in Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959).Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., University of Minnesota. Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg (1977). Director of Student Life. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.A., Mankato State University. Bethany S. Shifflett' (1982). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Director of Intramural Sports. B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of lowa. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Natalia Sich' (1983). ACTC Instructor in Russian. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana W. Skoglund' (1978). Studio Artist/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma W. Small' (1978). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music. George Stahl' (1976). Studio Artist/Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College. Alice J. Stark (1983). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.S., University of California, San Francisco. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A. Ph.D., University of Colordao. Daniel Sturm' (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Mary T. Swanson' (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of lowa. Richard J. Thoni (1972).Director of Weekend College. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Neal 0. Thorpe' (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. David Tubergen' (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University. Donald M. Warren' (1978). Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Pamela Weiss-Farnan (1983). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Dorothy 1. Williamson' (1970). lnstructor in Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary E. Wilson' (1969). Studio Artist/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen A. Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David T. Wold (1983). College Pastor. B.A., St. Olaf College; Diploma, Luther Theological Seminary. David Wood* (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. Index Courses. Majors. M i n o r s (F-Inside Front Cover. B-Inside Back Cover) Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 99-102 Art. Art History 48-50 Music 102-109 Biology 50-53 Natural Science 110 Business Administration and Nursing 111-112 53-60 Economics Philosophy 113-115 Chemistry 61-63 East and Southeast Asian Studies .... 63-65 IPhysin 115-1 17 Political Science 118-121 Education 65-71 Program in Global Community 121-122 Engineering 71-72 Psychology 122-124 English 72-75 Religion 124-127 Foreign Languages (Chinese. French. Russian Area Studies 127-128 German. Japanese. Linguistics. Scandinavian Area Studies 128-129 Norwegian. Russian. Spanish) 76-85 Social Science. Non-Western ............. 129 General Studies 85 Social Studies 129 Health and Physical Education ........ 85-89 Social Work 130-132 History 90-92 Sociology 132-1 35 Humanities 93 Speech. Communication and Interdisciplinary Studies 93. 99.102. Theater Arts ............................. 135-138 121. 139-140 Transdisciplinary Studies 139 International Relations 93-94 Women's and Minoriw Studies 139-140 Mathernatics/Computer Science 94-98 Medical Technology 98 ................................ .............................................. ............................... ......................................... .......................................... ....................................... ............................ .......... ..... ..................................... .............................................. ............................................ ......... ..................... ..... .............................. Academic Adviser .................................... 31 Academic Calendar..........................31. 152 Academic Enrichment ........................ 27. 85 Academic Information ........................ 30-46 Academic Organization ...........................32 Academic Policies and Procedures .... 39-46 Accounting Major 54 Accreditation ..........................................F. 4 88 Adapted Physical Education Administration ................................. 142-143 Admissions ........................................... 6-9 Advanced Placement ...............................43 Air Force ROTC.......................................37 27 American Indian Program ....................... Annex Housing ....................................28-29 Application t o Augburg ......................... 7-9 Application for Financial Aid .............. 13-14 Assessment of Previous Learning ....... 43-44 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 31. 36. 37 Athletics .............................................F. 26 Audio-visual Center ....................... ......... 32 Auditing Courses................................. 43 Audit Fee 11 Augsburg Guide ....................................... 26 25 Augsburgian .............................. ...............,. . .................... . . . ........... ............................. ................. .......................................... Black Student Program ............................ 27 Black Student Union ................................27 Board Costs ...........................................11 Board for College and University Services. TALC . . 141 Board of Regents ................................... 141 Books and Supplies 12 Business Reply Card ....................... 153-154 ........................ ....... ................................ Calendar. Academic .........................31. 152 Campus Map .............................................. B Campus Ministry ......................................25 Campus Tours ...........................................6 Campus Work .............................. 16.17. 27 Cancellation of Courses .......................... 39 ........................................ ................................. ......................................... .................................... ................ ...............,. . . ........................... ... .............................. ........................................ .................... .......... ...................................... .................................. ............. . . ............ .................... ... Career Planning and Placement ............. 27 Center for Global Service and Education (CCSE)................................................. 121 Center for Student Development (CSD)................................................26-27 Certification Programs-Art ................. 34. 48 Church Staff Work ....................... 34. 125 Program Evaluation .............. 34. 122. 133 Women's Studies..........................34. 139 Chemical Dependency Program ............. 36 Chinese Courses ...................................... 76 Chinwag.............................................. 28 Christian Day School Program .............. 125 Classification ............................................. 43 Coaching Endorsement ........................... 88 25. 28. B College Center College Level Examination Program (CLEP).................................................... 43 College Pastor ..................................25. 142 College Work Study Program ................. 17 Communications Directory ................... 151 Commons ............................................... 28 Computer Programming (CDI) ................ 36 Computer Resources ...............................32 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) 36 38 Continuing Education Cooperative Education 38 Corrective Therapy ..................................87 Costs 1985 ................................................ 'I1 C.P.A. Certification .................................. 55 Counseling and Guidance ....................... 27 Credit Assessment Program (CAP).......... 44 ............................. .................................................... .............................. ............................ . ............... 45 Dean's List ....................... . Degrees.....................................................31 Departmental Comprehensive Exams..... 44 Departments by Division 32 20-23 Departmental Scholarships Deposits ................................................. 12 Directed Study ....................................45-46 Dismissal from College ............................ 45 ......................... ................ 0 LO : 4 2 Distinction. Graduation with ...................45 Distribution Requirements 41 Divisions ...................................................32 B Driving t o Campus Dual Degree Programs (Engineering)............................. 35. 71-72 ...................... ................................... Early Admission of Freshmen.................... 8 Early Decision for Freshmen ..................... 7 25 Echo .......................................................... Economics............................................58-60 Elementary Education .................. 65.67. 70 143 Emeriti ................................................... F Enrollment English as a Second Language (ESL)....... 81 Evaluation and Grading ......................41-42 .............................................. Fairview Deaconess Affiliation ................ 36 Facilities ..................................................5. B Facts & Figures ....................................... F Faculty................................... F. 31. 144-147 11 Fees .......................................................... 12 Finance Charge 54 Finance Major Financial Aid ........................................13-23 26 Fine Arts .................................................... Food Service.............................................28 Foreign Study ............................... 28. 37-38 French ..................................................77-79 Freshman Seminar....................................85 Full-time Student ..................................... 11 ...................................... ......................................... General Scholarships ............................. 17 79-81 German ............................................. Gift Assistance ......................... 15.16. 17-23 Grade Point Average (GPA) .......... 8. 40. 43 Grading...........................................41-42 Graduation Requirements ..................40-41 Graduation with Distinction.................... 45 . . ................... 15-16 Grants .......................... Health Service ..........................................28 Higher Education Consortium (HECUA)....... 37. 100-102 History of Augsburg College ..................... 4 Honors Major (See Departmental Listings) Honors Program .......................................38 5, 12 Housing Human Development Seminars .............. 27 ................................................. ............................. ...................... 45-46 Independent Study F. 26 Intercollegiate Athletics Intercultural Center ............................27-28 Inter-Institutional Programs..................... 36 Interim ...........................31. 37. 38. 39. 152 International Business.................. 37. 54-55 9. 28 International Students 38 Internship Program Intertribal Student Union ........................27 26 Intramural Athletics ......................... .................... . ........ ............................, Japanese........................................63.64. 81 KCMR Radio .............................................25 Kindergarten-Elementary Education .................................. 65.67. 70 Learning for Living ................................... 27 Leave of Absence ................................39-40 LibraryIAudio-Visual ................ F. 31.32. 36 Library Science Courses 70-71 Life Science Emphasis ............................110 Lifetime Sports....................................41. 88 Linguistics Courses................................... 81 Literature. Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA)............................101-102 Loans..................................................16 Location .................................................. 2. B Lutheran Free Church................................4 ..................... Majors and Minors (Also see Courses).................. .. 32.33. 40 Management Major .................................54 Management Information Systems (MIS) 54 Major Marketing Major ......................................54 Married Student Housing ................... 28-29 Memberships ..........................................F. 5 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)...... 100 Minnesota State Work Study Program ... 17 Minority Scholarships/Grants ............. 18-19 Mission Statement ......................................3 Mortensen Tower .................................29. B Music Education ..............................102-104 Music Organizations ................26. 108-109 Music Performance .........................102-104 Music Therapy ........................102. 104. 108 Murphy Square ........................................72 ..................................................... Naval ROTC .............................................37 Norwegian ...........................................82-83 Numbering of Courses ............................ 47 Off-Campus Programs ............................... F Part-Time Students ..................................11 Physical Science Emphasis..................... 110 .. 12 Payment Options ................................... Policies....................... . . ........................ F. 4 67 Pre-Kindergarten Education 34 35 Pre-Professional Proerams " Pre-Registration ................................39. 152 Prerequisites .............................................47 Probation .................................................. 45 Program in Global 37. 121-122 Community ........................... .................... ................. . Re-admission of Former Students ............. 9 Refunds................................................. 13 Registration 39. 152 Religion & Chridian Service 19 Scho!arships 28-29 Residence Life Residence Requirement...........................41 Room Rent ............................................11 . . ............................... 37 ROTC Russian Courses .......................................83 ................................... ......................................... ..................................... .................... San Francisco Summer Term (SFST) ..... 101 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)..................................................100 Scholarships.............................15.16. 17-23 Science (Grades 5-9) .............................. 110 Secondary Education ................... 65. 67-70 JTlllC51Cl 1 CC1.. ......................................... 1 C Semester or Year Abroad ........................ 38 Sigma Pi Sigma ................................... 116 Smilefs Point Clinic ................................ 28 Social, Cultural, Recreational............. 25-26 Social Welfare Minor ............................. 130 Society of Physics Students ................... 115 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) 101 South Hall.................................... 28-29,B Spanish ................................................ 83-85 Special Education............................... 70 Special Interest Houses ........................... 29 Special Scholarships............................ 18-19 Special Students (Non-degree) ................. 9 Sponsored Scholarships...................... 17-23 Student Activities ..................................... 26 Student Employment .......................... 16-17 Student Government ............................... 25 Student Life 25-29 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ................................................... 37 Student Publications.......................... 25, 72 Student Rights .......................................... 29 Student Services .................................. 26-29 ............................................... ......................................... J.U"~"..1.. .....*.....*............................... 7" >" Study Abroad ...................................... 37-38 Summer Orientation 26 Summer Sessions ....................... 37, 38, 152 ................................ Teaching Licensure (Also see majors)..... 34 Test Scores 7 Transcripts 7. 8 Transfer Seminar ...................................... 85 Tuition ....................................................... 11 Tuition Deposit . . ................. 12 ................................................. .............................................. .......,........... Urness Tower ....................................... 29. B Veterans.................................................... 46 ........................ .......................................... .................. Weekend College 31. 38. 39 West Hall 29. B Withdrawal from College 13. 39 Women's and Minority Studies ..... 139-140 Words' Worth on Wednesday (WOW) .. 72 Work Service ............................................ 17 Work Study 16-17 ......................................... Zeta House ............................................... 29 Communications Directory Augrburg college 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 Area Code: 612 President ...................................................................................................................... 330-121 2 Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) .................................................................... 330-1024 Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ......................................................................... 330-1168 Director of Admissions (Admissions) ........................................................................ 330-1001 Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance. Scholarships) ................................. 330-1046 Director of Student Life (Housing) 330-1905 Registrar (Academic records. transcripts. Veterans' Affairs) 330-1036 Summer School/lnterim Oifice 330-1025 Weekend College . . 330-7640 Career Planning and Placement Oob Counseling, Placement Services) 330-1162 College Pastor (Spiritua! fife programs and a c t i v i t i ~ ) 330-11 07 330-1029 B u s i n ~ sOffice (Fees and accaunts) Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ........................................ 330-1171 Director of Public Relations (Information Service, news and publications)............ 330-1180 Director of ParentIAlumni Programs...................................................................... 330-1179 College Center Manager .......................................................................................... 330-1104 Ice Arena Manager ..................................................................................................... 330-1251 Student Gwemment Office ....................................................................................... 330-1110 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ......................... 330-1000 ........................................................................... ..................................... .................................................................................. ........................ .......................................................................... .................. .......................................... ........................................................................ The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance: Boyd Koehler. Assistant Professor. Library (6121330-1018)-Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic origin) Vern M . Bloom. Director. CHR - Memorial (6121330-1133) -504Coordinator (mattersbased on physical or mental handicap) Marianne Sander. Vice President for Student Affairs. CSD-Memorial(612-330-1168) - Title IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Bonnie-Jean Mork. Director of Personnel. 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023)Employment All correspondence should be addressed to the d ~ i g n a t e d individual. at Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis M N 55454.Formal grievance prmedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office. Fall Semester Sept. 4 Sept. 5 Sept. 18 Oct. 26 Nov. 2 NOV.5-9 Nov. 19-Dec. 2 Nov. 21 NOV.22-25 Dec. 14 Dec. 17-20 Dec. 27 Dec. 28 Registration Classes Begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term break Last day t o designate grading option Interim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day t o withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Classes End Final Examinations lncompletes due - spring and summer Final Grades Due Sept. 3 Sept. 4 Sept. 17 Oct. 25 Nov. 1 NOV. 4-8 Nov. 18-Dec. 6 Nov. 20 Nov. 28-Dec. 1 Dec. 13 Dec. 16-19 Dec. 26 Dec. 27 Interim Jan. 3 Jan. 4 Jan. 17 Jan. 21 Jan. 30 Feb. 6 Classes Begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day t o designate grading option Last day t o withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due Jan. 6 Jan. 7 Jan. 20 Jan. ,22 Jan. 31 Feb. 7 Spring Semester Feb. 4 Feb. 5 Feb. 18 Mar. 30-April 8 Mar. 29 April 25 April 30-May 4 May 17 May 20-23 May 26 May 29 Validation of registration Classes begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term/Easter Break Last day t o designate grading option Last day t o withdraw from a class Pre-registration for Fall Classes end Final Examinations Baccalaureate-Commencement Final grades due. lncompletes due - fall and lnterim Feb. 4 Feb. 5 Feb. 18 Mar. 22-31 April 8 April 24 April 29-May 9 May 16 May 19-22 May 25 May 28 Summer School June 3-28 July I-Aug. 9 Term I Term II June 2-27 June 30-Aug. 8
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1985
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS...
Show more ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS . . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . . P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC . . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports 1985 Interim Catalog AUGSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College lnterim The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. january 1985 S M T W T F S Calendar for Full Credit Courses ..................................................................................Interim Registration ............................................................................Late Interim Registration .......................................................................................... First Day of Interim November 5-9 December 10 January 3 Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add Last day for determining grading system with Registrar Last day for withdrawing from full courses Interim ends ................................................................................... .............................. ................................................... .................................................................................................... fanuary 4 January 17 January 21 January 30 Calendar for Half Credit Courses ..................... . .............................. First group of half credit courses begins January 3 January4 January 9 January 11 January 16 Ianr~ary17 January 1R ...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses ........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses .................... . .........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm ....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis .................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins ..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses Iant~ary30 .................... ........ . . . .........*....................................... lnfcrim ends The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. POSTMASTER Volume 115, Number 4 Winter 1984 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are under the following departments: Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands German-The Rhine Frontier Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. There will be no June interim in 1985. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study (upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy l (lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers or arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by he supervising fac~~lty memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms before re~isiralior~ can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted in thr Interim O f f ~ c The . Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e will s b r donr at Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I! otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation (ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl. Non-Augsburg Students Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course. Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms ~ provided by the interim rlffice af their own schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230). The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. Courses Art Interim '85: Washington D.C. and New York ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502 Instructor: Philip Thompson This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in New York to the studios of emerging artists. Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete personal projects or assignments. Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit. The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most meals and tours. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I............ Room: O M 17 The Biology of Aging B I O 185-4504 Instructor: Robert Herforth At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. The idl log^ of ~~ricul'ture B I O 234-4505 Instructor: Roberta Lammers We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning, etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production? Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on one test, class participation and a log of readings. Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9 Immunology BIO 386-4506 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112 Time: II Room: S 205 ............. Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321 -4507 Instructor: Thomas Morgan This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material. Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students prepare and present. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I ............ Room: O M 11 r Chemistr for Changing Times CHM 100 - 4 08 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence l lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5, vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation, and it goes on and on. Ernottons and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~ problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to ~~nderstand ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I.............. Room: S 315 Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-4509 Instructor: Ed Sabella This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: II..............Room: M 22 Elements of Mathematical Economics ECO 353-4510 Instructor: Satya Gupta In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will be designed to help attain this goal. Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved. Evaluation will be through tests and assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 123 Time: II........... Room: O M 23 Teacher Education with New Boundaries EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research: 1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job market, salary scale and level of living. 2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers. 3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc. Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district. The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system. As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be submitted in completed form. Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill the requirements of the course. Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor Time: I .................. Room: L 6 m Student Teaching EDS 481 - 451 1 EDS482-4512 EDS 483 - 4513 EDS 484 - 4514 EDE 481 - 451 5 EDE482-4516 EDE 483 - 451 7 EDE 484 - 4518 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading P/N only Time: I .................. Room: L 4 The Short Story ENG 240-4521, 340-4522 Instructor: Richard Sargent We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C. Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities. Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: I ............... Room: M 23 Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem ENG 362-4523 Instructor: John Mitchell Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts, for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants' own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for P/N credit. Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor Time: II........... Room: O M 13 Beginning French I FRE 11 1-4524 Instructor: Ruth Askov This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures at a rudini~ntnrylevel. are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic. There w ~ l be l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: II........... Room: O M 25 January 3-27, 1985 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333-4525 w d D zkh Instructor: Donald Steinmetz J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl ! l~fe and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German. Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent Cost: $1690 Distribution: Foreign Language - Beginning Spanish II SPA 112-4526 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests, exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I ............ Room: O M 25 a ? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying GST 165-4527 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel edit s Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received s are s . . grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7 level an ~lif-ithadL,,,I and (2) to develop, in the process, competency excellent in writing/gaad papers. Students will work with I such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation, L U uC c and originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen. G The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based degree of (of?) on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills. Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been submitted to him Time: I............ Room: O M 22 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 - 4528 Instructor: Bethany Shifflett Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby Administration and Supervision .of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4529 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Melby 13 ......................... + January 5-24, 1985 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-4530 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. Cost: $21 00 Distribution: Lifetime Sports Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-4531 Instructor: David Boots Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a 112 credit course. Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby Officiating of Basketball HPE 481 -4532 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are e no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4536 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns Time: II................Room: P 3 20th Century South Asia HIS 162-4537 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I ................Room: O M 16 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-4534, 320-4535 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems ir ~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc, Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups r will Involve boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts. Course w ~ lutilize l ethnir. sprakt~rs (Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr format. Tticre wilt he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns, films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all l d these arp important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc. Prerequisites: Lower Division, None Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History and Philosophy Time: I ................Room: L 1 Introduction to Oral History HIS 481-4538 Instructor: Rrchard Nelson This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during .the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn. Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor Trme: II................Room: O M 10 The Philosophy of Healing INS 141-4547, 341 -4548 J .+ 522 Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question, "How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve, attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health. I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng, western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture, biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on. Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course for lower drvisron credlt. Time: II................Room: O M 16 Brush Up MAT 103-4539 Instructor: Bev Durkee This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u& & vdbe pmkuia'dh WI forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs completely rndividuallzed. Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I ................Room: S 112 Mathematical Modeling M A T 132-4069 Instructor: Paul Hulse This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical methods of mathematics to study these problems. Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: S 2 13 An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models M A T 136-4540, 336-4541 - Instructor: Henrv Follinastad An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present extensive oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: O M 23 FORTRAN M A T 270-4567 Instructor: Leo Lake A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project on which grading will be based. Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175 or BUS 250) Time: II................Room: S 112 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Scien~ces M A T 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson (See description under Physics) Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 1 10-4543 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce. Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips, classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5 participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation. A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon. Fee: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music Time: I1................Room: M 24 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-4544, 329-4545 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Distribution: Art-Music Time: I ................Room: M 4 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-4546 Instructor: Alice Stark This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care. Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~ and written exam~nations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I ................Room: O M 12 el Introduction to Weather PHY 106-4568 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project. Prerequisites: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: S 31 5 Time: II................ 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science ~ i n i m e s t e r PHY 322-4549 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I ................Room: S 24 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-4550 MAT 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I ................Room: O M 21 The United Nations POL 166-4551, 366-4552 Instructor: Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of: a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations, d b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member states of the Sectlrily Council, C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations. d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil. The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit, Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory. Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political processes o l r h Security ~ Council. Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence Time: II................Room: M 23 Self-identity and Values PSY 110-4553 Inslructot: Norman Ferguson The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity" (Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat lssue~Illat relate to thc conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as: the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof ~ rsex roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty and spirilual grriwth, Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~ participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology. Gr~rlingP/N only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I ................Room: P 1 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-4554 Instructor: Bradley Hot! This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and !he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: II ................Room: O M 18 i W January 2-26, 1985 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii REL 321 -4555 Instructor: John Benson A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following: r p ~ c l aatlenlinn l IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm ntl and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl ~on i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese Rutirllilsm ;n I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st ~ oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons) to 1 I i ~ P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts l~. will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t . Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal. Grading: P/N only Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Cost: $1 745 Distribution: Religion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-4556 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~ will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y, s o c ~ o l o ~and y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will include two exams and one short paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I ................Room: M 24 Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society SOC 261 -4560 Instructor: Gordon Nelson It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Concerns Time: I ................Room: M 22 Exploring the Human Services SWK 257-4557 Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course. Objec!tves: 1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving, 3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining. 4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls. 5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld. Time: I ................Room: P 3 Field Work Ill SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559 (l/2 course) Instructor. Maria Brown The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5 wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional praclice Interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5. Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy. Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status Time: Arrange with instructor Imagination and Humor in Communication SPC 165-4561, 365-4562 Instructor: Ray Anderson Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication thc lunctinns of competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking; and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor. Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5 Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw interests of the class. Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper division students, one or more additional papers will be required. Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English Time: II................Room: L 1 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285-4563 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2 Other Courses These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $1 74. POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change? POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Weightlifting HPE 002-4571 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:20 ................Melby Running HPE 002-4572 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less
- Title
- Golden Valley Lutheran College Catalog, 1984-1985
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
v
~I
I
i
j
l
Golden Valley
Lutheran
Colleg__
e_,__
Catalog
GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN
COLLEGE CATALOG
Published Annually by
Golden Valley Lutheran College
6125 Olson Highway
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Phone (612) 542-1216
Accreditation
Golden Valley Lutheran College is accredited by...
Show more v ~I I i j l Golden Valley Lutheran Colleg__ e_,__ Catalog GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 Accreditation Golden Valley Lutheran College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. Directions for Correspondence General College Policy ...... Bernt C. Opsal, President of the College Academic Information ........ J. Philip Worthington, Academic Dean Admissions .............. Thomas R. Hanson, Director of Admissions Business and Financial Affairs .... Vivian Wiemerslage, Business Office Development ......... Russell B. Helgeson, Director of Development Financial Aid .............. Brenda Johnson, Director of Financial Aid Records and Transcripts ................. Marilyn J. Adams, Registrar Student Affairs .................... Harold Moore, Dean of Students Golden Valley Lutheran College in compliance with State and Federal laws and regulations, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, age, marital status, handicap, or status as a veteran in the administration of its admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, educational programs, activities and employment policies. Inquiries regarding compliance and grievance procedures may be directed to the college office manager, Vivian Wiemerslage. This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1983-84 Catalog. TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE FC College Calendar 6 President's Greeting 3 NTENTS 7 General Information 9 History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives, Accreditation and Transfer of Credit, Affiliations, General Guidelines. Student Life 13 New Student Pre-Registration, Counseling Services, Health Services, Library, Insurance, Housing Services, Student Government and Social Life, Religious Life, Chapel, Student Use of Automobiles, Alcohol and Drug Abuse, Athletics, Music, Drama, Honor Society, Alumni Association. Admissions Information 19 Application Procedure, Transfer Students, Adult Students, International Students. Costs 21 Student Costs, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan, Refund Schedule, Books and Supplies. Financial Aid 25 Gift Aid, Loans, Work Opportunities, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid, Scholarships. Academic Program 31 General Academic Information, Orientation and Registration. Graduation Requirements 37 Liberal Arts and Transfer Program, Specialized Program, Junior College Certificate, One-Year Vocational Certificate. Programs of Study 41 Course Descriptions 57 Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies; Communications; Social Science; Mathematics, Natural Sciences, and Computer Science; Physical Education and Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Business and Vocational Studies. Directory 80 Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty, Student Services Personnel. Index 86 6 COLLEGE CALENDAR CALENDAR 1984-85 Fall Quarter September 3-7 September 8 September 9 September 10 September 10 September 12 September 21 September 28 October 5 October 8-12 October 13 November 5-8 November 16-21 November 21 Student orientation and registration for all students President's Reception - 6:00 p.m. - Gymnasium All college worship Classes begin Opening convocation - 9:50 a.m. Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Homecoming Registration for winter quarter Final examinations Quarter ends after completion of final examinations Winter Quarter December 3 December 5 December December December December 14 16 21 21 January 7 January 11 January 14-18 January 22-24 February 4-7 February 25-28 February 28 Classes begin Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Festival of the Christ Child Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at 11:30 a.m. Classes resume Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Days of Prayer and Praise Registration for spring quarter Final examinations Quarter ends after completion of final examinations Spring Quarter March 11 March 13 March 22 March 29 April 4 April 5-7 April 8 April 8-12 April 23-25 May 3 May 7 May 20-23 May 24 Classes begin Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Easter vacation Classes resume Midquarter examinations Pre-registration for fall quarter Spring banquet Honors Day Final examinations Commencement Calendar Subject to Change PRESIDENT'S GREETING 7 President's Greeting Experiences during the first year after high school play a major role in one's development of a philosophy of life. This consequently determines how one lives his or her life. Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions. We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of both liberal arts and the Scriptures. This is a curriculum we believe will best help the student understand the world in which he or she will be living and working. We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for "making a life." Bernt C. Opsal, President GENERAL IN FORMATION 9 GENERAL INFORMATION History Golden Valley Lutheran college is a two-year coeducational liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis. Beginning as a Bible institute in 1919, The Lutheran Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929. In 1961 it moved to Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of people and has sought to meet those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men and women from various geographic, cultural, economic, racial, and religious backgrounds. The Campus and Its location Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis. The greater Twin City area is a cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest. The academic life of the students is centered in a large two-level complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and lounges are located in this building. Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities include fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer and meditation, and apartments for residence hall directors. Adjacent to Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center is located in Delta dormitory. 10 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Philosophy and Objectives Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution w1tn programs of study in general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training. It seeks to provide two years of higher education for students interested in the arts and sciences, and also to give opportunity for a study of the sources of the Christian faith. Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment. Students are encouraged to participate in community and church activities. In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula: 1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year college or university. 2. Completion of a two-year program that provides the basis for semiprofessional employment in the fields of church staff work, mission, secretarial work, sodal service, recreational leadership, law enforcement and a cooperative computer training program. 3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or a semiprofessional program. Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with opportunities ... to develop knowledge of the Judea-Christian world view as set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her basic beliefs and spiritual commitments. to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and active membership in Christian congregations. to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theatre th rough courses and cultural events which take place on the campus and in the metropolitan area. to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and through participation in physical education and sports activities. to develop personal self-confidence through the determination of individual goals, the building of relationships with other people and the experience of companionship in a Christian setting. GENERAL IN FORMATION 11 Accreditation and Transfer of Credit Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their credits will normally transfer to other colleges and universities. Students who are planning to continue their education at a college with limited transfer of religion credits may register for the religion courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable. A student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete a bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the Associate in Arts degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College. Affiliations North Central Association of Colleges and Schools Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities American Association of Community and Junior Colleges Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges National Junior College Athletic Association - Region XIII Minnesota Community College Conference General Guidelines Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly. Each student is expected to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook. The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to withdraw the privilege of a student to return after any quarter and to discipline those who conduct themselves in a manner which is not in the best interest of the individual, other students, or the College. STUDENT LIFE 13 STUDENT LIFE Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities and experiences which help develop the whole person. The programs of the College provide wholesome recreation designed to stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships. New Student Pre ... Registration Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to the campus to participate in pre-registration activities. During this time the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year. Selected sophomores are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to college life. Counseling Services The major decisions which students have to make during their early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their academic, vocational, social, emotional and spiritual problems. Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each academic term. In addition to individual counseling, several counseling groups, concerned with matters such as personal growth, chemical dependency and other problems, meet regularly. Each student also may make appointments to visit with instructors, residence hall directors, the deans, the College nurse or others on the staff who can give assistance. Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Health Services The College has a full-ti me registered nurse on the staff to provide basic medical services. Stu'dents requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a mile from the campus. Major Twin City hospitals also are readily accessible. 14 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Library The library, located on the ground floor of the Main building, provides a variety of materials and services to support the college curricula. There are over 30,000 volumes, 247 periodicals, local and national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the collection. Through the Minnesota Interlibrary Telecommunications Exchange (MINITEX) the student has access to a vast network of more than ten million volumes in a five state area. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection including phonograph records and casssettes, as well as filmstrips with necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the students. Insurance The College does not assume any responsibility for the loss of or damage to personal property. Many families have homeowners policies that will cover losses of family members at college. Housing Services Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college. If space is available, full-time students live in the College residence halls. Exceptions are those who are married, commute from their homes, or who work for their board and room. Students living on campus participate in the cafeteria program which provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who are commuting may purchase individual meals in the College cafeteria. Student Government and Social Life A forum for student expression and student-initiated improvements in campus life is provided by a Student Senate chosen from the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of studentfaculty relations. It seeks continually to improve and make student life more enjoyable. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the Student Activities Commission (SAC). Homecoming, Sno-Daze and the Spring Banquet are examples of the many social activities available. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by the student Judiciary Board. STUDENT LIFE 15 Religious life As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that religious life activities are an integral part of its program. Therefore the College provides regularly scheduled chapel services, campus worship services, transportation to local church services, all-campus devotions, dormitory devotions and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer & Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child. Religious activities are coordinated by the faculty Chapel & Special Events Committee and by a student Faith & Life Commission. Many students also participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in world mission activities. The College has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many students take an active part. There also is an opportunity to serve on outreach teams which travel to present the Gospel in word and song. Chapel All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or other special convocation programs. The chapel service is the heart and center of our collegiate program. It is here that messages are shared from the Scriptures, and opportunity is given for worship, intellectual stimulation and the development of a sense of community. Each student is encouraged to participate in the chapel services of the college community and to attend public worship every Sunday. Student Use of Automobiles Parking space is limited on campus. Those students who do not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through the business office. The Dean of Students has the right to terminate a permit at any time if circumstances warrant such action. The College assumes no responsibility for damage, theft, or vandalism involving student vehicles. 16 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Alcohol and Drug Abuse Goiden Vaiiey Lutheran Coiiege strongiy discourages aii students from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to take disciplinary action. Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or drugs in violation of the law will be subject to disciplinary action. The College's action will be determined by the circumstances surrounding each individual case. The College provides counseling services and support groups for those with chemical dependency problems. Athletics Through the physical education and athletic programs the College seeks to teach the value of good health and physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreational activities. Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, track, marathon, and cross country. Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball, marathon and track competition. The College is a member of the Minnesota Community College Conference, and the National Junior College Athletic Association. Intramural programs are available for both men and women. These include activities such as volleyball, basketball, broomball and softball. Music Golden Valley Lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and spiritual values that music contributes to our society. It desires, therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a performing group. These groups include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a pep band and concert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community and college organization; and various vocal and instrumental ensembles. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the College offers private voice and instrumental instruction. STUDENT LIFE 17 The location of the College in the Twin City area provides opportunity for students to gain a new appreciation of the fine arts. Community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and programs given by other colleges including the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment. Drama The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold in its purpose. It attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for drama by encouraging active participation in the field. Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society A chapter of Phi Theta Kappa, a national honor society for two-year colleges, was established in 1981 at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The purpose of the honor society is to recognize and encourage scholarship. Alumni Association The Golden Valley Lutheran College Alumni Association works with former students to maintain an on-going relationship with the College and with each other. It seeks to develop a well-informed and supportive group of alumni through social events and programs planned each year. All former students are considered alumni of the College. ADMISSIONS INFORMATION A MISSI 19 NS I F RMATI Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested in a quality education with a Christian orientation. All applicants for admission must have earned a high school diploma or its equivalent. In addition, each applicant must furnish required references, satisfactory test scores, and complete a personal interview with an admissions counselor. Perhaps the best way to determine if Golden Valley Lutheran College can meet your needs is to visit our campus. Accordingly, we invite you and your parents to the campus so that you can become acquainted with our faculty, students, and administration. For an appointment please write or call the Office of Admissions. The admissions office is located in the main classroom building and is open Monday through Friday from 8:15 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Saturdays from 9:00 a.m. to 1 :00 p.m. and at other times by appointment. Application Procedure Application materials are available from the Office of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying: 1. Complete and return the Application for Admission together with the non-refundable $10 application fee to: Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422. 2. Request your high school and all colleges you have attended to forward your academic transcript(s) to the Office of Admissions. 3. Submit test results from the American College Test (ACT), the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). 4. Applications are considered in the order they are received. The student is generally notified of the admissions decision within two weeks of the time the application file is complete. Although there is no absolute deadline for applying, high school students are advised to apply for admission as early in their senior year as possible. This is particularly true for those who desire financial aid. 5. A student who is offered admission must notify the Office of Admissions if he or she accepts the offer. A $100.00 tuition deposit is required within three weeks after notification of acceptance has been made. The deposit is refundable until May 1st. The date the College receives this deposit determines the order in which a student will register for the fall quarter. This tuition deposit is applied to the first quarter tuition when the student enrolls. 6. Priority for dormitory room assignment is given on the basis of the date the tuition deposit is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year, beginning with fall term. 20 7. 8. GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and returned. Room assignments and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Transfer Students College work completed at other accredited institutions may be applied toward a degree at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Transfer students are required to follow regular admission procedures and submit an official transcript of their record from each college attended. Credit for college work will be accepted toward an Associate in Arts Degree providing the work is satisfactory in quality and is applicable toward the divisional requirements of the College. Transfer credit will not be granted for courses in which a grade below C- was received. Adult Students An admissions counselor provides guidance for adult students -who are deciding to attend college for the first time or -who are now planning to return after their college education has been interrupted. Counseling is available for adult students concerning entrance requirements, transfer of credits, financial aid and course planning. For those who apply and are eligible, scholarship funds are available. Both full-time and part-time students may apply. International Students All international students seeking admission to Golden Valley Lutheran College must submit an International Student Application for Admission, a declaration of finances and appropriate school transcripts. International students are strongly encouraged to submit results of writing the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). COSTS 21 C STS Student Costs 1984~85 The following explains the basic costs to the student and the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of tuition, board, room or fees at any time. The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the College. Approximately 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts and grants. In the present budget, this amounts to over one million dollars a year. Therefore, over and above all help given, each student receives the equivalent of a $2,000 scholarship per year in order to cover the total expenses of the operation. The College does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Gift income is received from congregations, organizations and foundations, and by matching funds from Lutheran Brotherhood and other corporations. Most of the funds, however, come as individual gifts from alumni, parents and friends of the College. Over 600 people are supporting the College through the INASMUCH program whereby they have pledged and/or paid from $1,000 to $25,000 over a three year period. As we make our needs known, the Lord answers our prayers through the gifts of these many friends. SUMMARY OF EXPENSES Resident Tuition Board, Room, and Telephone Total $5,265.00 $2,414.00 $7,679.00 22 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Charges By Quarter The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12 credits is considered a part-time student. Tuition for full-time student ............................. . $1,755.00 Tuition per credit for part-time student .................. . 147.00 Board, room, and telephone (average) ................... . 805.00 Laboratory fees per course .............................. . 12.00 Physical education fees per course Varsity courses ....................................... . 10.00 Fee for swimming, karate, bowling, golf, and tennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00-26.00 Fee for all other P. E. activity courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Humanities 200 fee per credit For GVLC students currently enrolled .................. . 15.00 For students not currently enrolled at GLVC ............ . 30.00 Music fees Private voice and instrument lessons ................... . 75.00 Voice and piano classes per student. ................... . 37.50 Organ rental ......................................... . 14.00 Practice room fee .................................... . 10.00 Late registration fee .................................... . 20.00 This fee is charged if a student fails to register during the registration period for any quarter. It is waived only in cases of illness or family emergencies. Late payment fee ....................................... . 15.00 This fee is charged to a student who does not pay the balance on his or her account within two days after classes begin for the quarter. Special fees not refundable after 10th day of classes include: laboratory, personal orientation, physical education, organ rental, practice room, and music fees for voice and instrument lessons. Miscellaneous fees Car registration and parking permit per quarter ......... . 5.00 Damage deposit ...................................... . 25.00 Special examinations .................................. . 5.00 Transcript fee (first two copies free) .................... . 2.00 Advance tuition deposit for second year students ......... . 100.00 Fall Registration is based upon the order in which the above payment is received. (Non-refundable). COSTS 23 P~yment Plan The account of each student is payable at the time of registration and in accordance with the Full Payment Plan listed in this section. Students in need of credit must make arrangements with the Business Office before registration can be completed. When credit is extended, a finance charge of one and one half percent a month (18% APR) is added. No student is permitted to register if the account for a preceding quarter has not been paid in full. Grades cannot be released, transcripts cannot be forwarded, and degrees cannot be granted until all financial obligations have been met. Payment Schedule for 1984-85 On Campus Fall Quarter $ 750.00 June 19 750.00 July 17 750.00 August 17 357.00 Registration Day $2,607.00 Winter Quarter On Campus $ 750.00 September 28 900.00 October 15 886.00 November 1 $2,536.00 Spring Quarter On Campus $ 750.00 December 12 900.00 January 9 886.00 February 1 $2,536.00 Off Campus $ 700.00 700.00 355.00 + Sp. fees Sp. fees $1,755.00 Off Campus $ 700.00 700.00 355.00 + Sp. fees $1,755.00 Off Campus $ 700.00 700.00 + Sp. fees 355.00 $1,755.00 +Sp. fees + Sp. fees Refund Schedule Students who decide to withdraw from college after they have registered and paid their tuition will receive a tuition refund computed from the date the withdrawal form was signed and returned to the Registrar. During first week. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% During second week....................................... 75% During the third through the fifth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50% During sixth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25% After sixth week ...................................... No refund Room and Board Refunds. If the student leaves school after the sixth week, there will be no room refund. Through the sixth week, the student will be charged for the time spent on campus plus a two-week room charge. Students will be charged for board through the end of the week in which they leave the campus. If a refund is due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable time. 24 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Books and Supplies Textbooks, art, and coiiege suppiies may be purchased at the coiiege bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other items also are available for the convenience of students. All purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $100.00 to $125.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books. Estimated book costs for the entire year are $200.00 to $300.00. FINANCIAL AID 25 FINANCIAL AID Golden Valley Lutheran College recognizes the close relationship between students, parents, and the College in meeting the costs of a quality education. Our program of financial assistance is designed to help qualified students who desire a Golden Valley Lutheran College education. Golden Valley Lutheran College Aid Academic Scholarships are awarded to those students who graduate in the top quarter of their high school class or to transfer students who have a 3.00 grade average with a minimum of 12 hours. Scholarships vary in amount and are renewed each year provided the recipient maintains a 3.00 grade average in academic work at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Presidential Scholarships are special awards to students graduating in the top 5% of their high school class. Activity Awards are available to students who show special abilities in music, drama, art, or athletics. These awards are based on recommendations from coaches and professors with respect to talent and ability to perform. Athletic recipients also must abide by the rules and regulations of the Minnesota Community College Conference. Christian Service/Leadership Grants are available to students who have been active in their church and community. Aspects of Christian service or leadership that are considered include, but are not limited to, teaching, music, volunteer work and counseling. Special Grants and Scholarships have been established by alumni and other friends of the College. These funds are for students whose qualifications meet the conditions and requirements of the specified award. Minnesota State Aid Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants are available to Minnesota residents planning to attend one of the eligible Minnesota colleges. Awards are based on financial need and educational costs and may range up to $3,251 per year. Students may apply for a grant by completing an ACT Family Financial Statement (FFS), including the section for Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant-In-Aid applicants. 26 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Federal Government Aid Pell Grants are available frorn the federal government for students meeting certain financial need qualifications. Such grants may total up to $1,900 per year and do not have to be repaid. Students may apply for this grant by checking the appropriate box on either the ACT Family Financial Statement or CSS Financial Aid Form. National Direct Student Loans are funded by the federal government and administered by the College. Loans are granted on the basis of validated financial need. The loans are made at an interest rate of 5% with the student paying neither interest nor principal until six months after graduation or leaving college. Repayment must be completed within 10 years. Guaranteed Student Loans enable eligible students to borrow directly up to $2,500 annually from participating banks or other lenders at an interest rate of 8%. Repayment of loan principal and interest begins six months after graduation or leaving college. The Minnesota Student Loan Program provides Guaranteed Student Loans to eligible students who are unable to find a participating lender to fund them. Parent Loans for Undergraduate Student (Plus). This program helps parents borrow money to pay for their children's cost of attending postsecondary schools without the constraint of collateral securing the loan. Parents of undergraduate students may borrow $3,000 per year for each dependent, undergraduate student to a maximum of $15,000 per student. Repayment begins within 60 days of disbursement. Normal repayment is made over a five to ten year period at an interest rate of 12%. The number and amount of each payment depends on the size of the debt and the parents' ability to pay. The minimum repayment is $600 per year. PLUS loans do not require a needs test. Work Opportunities College Work - Study enables students who demonstrate financial need an opportunity to help defray college expenses through part-time employment. Work - Study students may be employed in the cafeteria, in maintenance, as clerical assistants to professors, library and audiovisual assistants, resident assistants, or in other available positions. Student Employment. There are numerous part-time employment positions available in the Golden Valley community and the surrounding area. Our College bulletin board carries notices of available employment. Other Assistance Programs College Payment Schedule: Because most people prefer to pay educational expenses in installments, Golden Valley Lutheran College has set up a tuition payment plan. This plan is a convenient payment program beginning in June and ending in February. Hidden Subsidy: Golden Valley Lutheran College gives a "hidden subsidy" each year to every student who attends the College as a full- FINANCIAL AID 27 time student. This "hidden subsidy" reflects the fact that the total instructional program at the College costs more than the total amount received from tuition and fees. Such a "hidden subsidy" is made possible by gifts from many sources, especially church congregations, alumni, and friends of the College. The College also receives income from endowment funds. Lutheran Brotherhood Loan - If a member of the student's family holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student may borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society at the same rates described under Federal Insured Student Loans. Other Grants - There are a number of grants and scholarships available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult his or her high school counselor and the Director of Financial Aid at Golden Valley Lutheran College for other federal, state, and communitysponsored scholarships and grants. Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid 1. To apply for admission to Golden Valley Lutheran College, request an application form from the Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Golden Valley, MN 55422. 2. If you are applying only for Golden Valley Lutheran scholarships and grants - and not for state or federal grants - indicate this on the Golden Valley Lutheran College Financial Aid Application. 3. To apply for federal or Minnesota aid you must complete a Family Financial Statement and a Student Data Form using income information for the 1983 tax year and submit it to ACT. Forms are available from your high school guidance counselor or by writing the Office of Admissions at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Although the FFS is preferred, non-Minnesota residents may submit the CSS Financial Aid Form. Allow six to eight weeks for processing of the ACT Family Financial Statement. 4. Since all financial aid programs have limited funds, within ten days of our notifying you that you will receive financial aid you must let us know that you accept the offer. Funds that are not accepted are given to other students who need them. All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic year. Students, however, may expect to receive financial assistance for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during any quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift aid that has been awarded from College funds for the quarter. He or she also forfeits proportionate amounts of aid awarded from state or federal funds for that quarter. Golden Valley Lutheran College makes every effort to enable all accepted students to attend regardless of financial resources. Your financial need may be met through a combination of federal, state, and institutional financial aid programs. We encourage students and parents to visit campus to discuss financial planning. 28 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Scholarships The AAi.. Lutheran American Minority Scholarship Program is available for any Lutheran American minority person who is a member of a Lutheran church, or is an immigrant who has been sponsored by a Lutheran organization and is attending Golden Valley Lutheran College. In any case, the recipient must be a member of a Lutheran church. Scholarships range from $200 to $1,000 and can be renewed each year. The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for students who hold a certificate of membership and insurance from the Aid Asssociation for Lutherans. The awards are based on academic achievement, Christian character and professional promise. The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an organization of wives of the faculty and staff members at the College. The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Ethel Borge Memorial Scholarship has been established by Pastor and Mrs. Alton C.O. Halverson in memory of her aunt, Ethel Borge. The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon, Sr. in memory of their son Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha Gjernes Estate. The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service, ministry, missionary work or Bible study. The Haaland Scholarship has been established by Mrs. 0. T. Haaland to be awarded to a student interested in a career of Christian service. The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Gunnar I. Johnson Memorial Scholarship has been established by the Johnson family in memory of Mr. Johnson who was the contractor for the construction of the Golden Valley Lutheran College Campus, 19611977. The William A. Johnson Scholarship has been established by William A. Johnson to be awarded each year to a worthy student of strong Christian character who is interested in a business career. The Liberian Student Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Ernest Overdahl and Dr. and Mrs. Scot Hutton to assist students from Liberia. The M. T. lillehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some g'ood student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example." FINANCIAL AID 29 The Lovaas Scholarship has been established by the late Samuel Lovaas to be used for the training of a missionary student who intends to enter missionary work. The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship is awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement and religious leadership. The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college. The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for what this school has meant to them. The Richard Melvig Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but didn't live to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences. The Nelson Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs. Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr. Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College. The Edith B. Norberg Scholarship has been established in memory of Edith and Edwin Norberg to provide scholarships for students pursuing a career in church music. The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the Board of Regents of the College. The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the late Miss Alice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character, leadership, and scholarship. The Golden Valley Rotary Scholarship provided by the Golden Valley Rotary Club awards two scholarships annually to two worthy students. The Sampson Memorial Scholarship is given in memory of August and Mabel Sampson, parents of Mrs. Russell B. Helgesen, the wife of our Development Di rector. The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of Regents of the College and advisor to the President. The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents, Mr. and Mrs. Han Ching Tang and Mr. and Mrs. Zi Hui Chang. The Tang Church History Scholarship is given by Dr. and Mrs. Christopher Tang in honor of Anna C. Tang and is intended for a student who has shown excellence in church history courses. The Manda Twete Scholarship has been provided by Miss Manda Twete, a friend of the College. It is awarded to a student on the basis of Christian character and demonstrated need. The Mary D. Wagner Scholarship Fund has been established by Mrs. Wagner for needy and worthy students who are particularly interested in the study of the Bible. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 31 ACA EMIC PROGRAM Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. A one-year Vocational Certificate is awarded for completion of a selected one-year vocational curriculum. Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution which allows a student to concentrate in the areas of general education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation. Students who plan to earn a four-year degree are encouraged to satisfy general education requirements while attending Golden Valley Lutheran College. When this suggestion is followed, students may concentrate on their major and other requirements during the last two years of college. General education courses invite the student to learn about the world, the scientific method, the society in which he or she lives, the fine arts and humanities, and the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological studies. General Academic Information Credit load and Student Classification A normal credit load consists of 16 credits per quarter. Exceptions to this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's academic advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be granted by the Academic Dean. Individuals enrolled for 12 or more credits per quarter are considered full-time students. Individuals with less than 12 credits are considered part-time students. A student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits is classified as a freshman. A student who has earned 45 or more cumulative credits is classified as a sophomore. The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit. Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and tuition costs are the same as costs for credit. 32 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN.COLLEGE Grading and Honor Point System /\ student's grade point average is computed at the end of each quarter. The grade point average is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by the number of credits attempted. Honor points are computed by the following scale: Honor Points Per Credit Grade 4 Superior A 3 Above Average B 2 c Average 1 Below Average D Failure 0 F I V W WF s u Incomplete* Audit Withdrawn** Withdrawn, failing** Satisfactory*** Unsatisfactory*** 2 for J.C.C. only *Incomplete work, must be made up satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the student attends or within one year if the student does not return to Golden Valley Lutheran College. If a student desires an extension beyond four weeks, he or she must secure approval of the instructor involved and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the extension. If the work is not completed in the allotted time, the grade becomes an F. **Withdrawals after the third week of classes and through mid-term are indicated by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after the mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas determined by the instructor. A student may not drop a course after final examinations begin. ***The grading system of Sand U is used only for those courses which are taken to meet the requirements of the Junior College Certificate. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the Junior College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The U grade yields no honor points or credits. Academic Honors An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or better are included on the Dean's List. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 33 Academic Progress In accordance with policies established by the administration and faculty, a student will be counseled in relation to academic progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when a student's grade point average is less than 2.00; (b) when his or her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 he or she will be placed on academic probation until the grade point average is raised to 1.50 or above. The College reserves the right to dismiss a student if his or her academic performance is regarded as unsatisfactory. Eligibility for Varsity Sports Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student during the qualifying and competing quarter. During the qualifying quarter, he or she must earn a grade point average of 1.5 or better in at least 10 hours of course work listed in the College Catalog. Freshmen enrolled at GVLC in their first quarter of college are exempt from the qualifying quarter requirements. A student's eligibility is reviewed each quarter and all hours of a complete course (subject) must be counted in computing a student's grade point average. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.) No student shall be certified on an eligibility list until the College has received the final transcript indicating the high school graduation date and any college transcript(s), if another college has been previously attended. The responsibility to obtain any such transcripts rests upon the individual student. Credit by Special Examination Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific departmental policies. Transfer Students The actual number of credits accepted in transfer from other institutions are entered on the student's record, but transferred credits and grade points are not included in the computation of the grade point average. Transfer credit will not be granted for courses in which a grade below C- was received. 34 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Class Attendance Each student is responsible for regular class attendance and for completing work as required in each class. With respect to unexcused absences, excused absences, or make-up work, it is the student's responsibility to learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a student may be withdrawn from a course for an excessive number of unexcused absences or uncompleted assignments. Independent Study A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the criteria established by the department and have the approval of the chairperson of the department in which he or she plans to do the study. Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which Independent Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in Independent Study, and a demonstration of relevance to the student's academic objectives. Independent Study applications are available in the Registrar's Office. Bible and English Requirements All students enrolled for eight credits or more are required to take at least one Bible course each quarter that they attend classes at the College. A student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible but is required to take one course each quarter while enrolled at the College. All Bible core courses listed in the Department of Biblical Studies will satisfy this requirement. All degree seeking students are required to register for English until the sequence, English 111and112 - College Composition, and English 113 - Introduction to Literature, has been completed. Placement in English 100, 110, or 111 will be determined by specific English Placement tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their registration for winter or for spring quarters. Co-Curricular Activity Credits A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The three credits of required physical education are not included in this category. Co-curricular activities include all music ensembles, theatre practice, Christian service, additional physical education activity courses after the three required courses are completed, and activity credits that a transfer student might bring to the College. With regard to co-curricular activities other than varsity sports, a student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.Sfor a quarter may have co-curricular activities curtailed or programs of study reduced, at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing Committee. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 35 Orientation and Registration All students must report to the College for Orientation Days as indicated in the calendar in this catalog. The orientation period includes a series of placement and personality tests which are used to provide a more effective placement and counseling service for students. Both new and returning students are required to register on the days indicated in the calendar. Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. All students have at their disposal the advice and counsel of faculty advisors. Before registering for any term, the student must consult with his or her advisor concerning the schedule of study. The selection of the proper courses is the individual student's responsibility. Changes in Registration Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days of classes, with the written approval of the academic advisor. A Change of Course Permit for this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's Office. After the tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be added except by special permission. Repeating a Course A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at the time of registration for the course. If a student repeats a course in which a Dor F grade has been received, only the more recent grade and credit earned will be included in the computation of the grade point average. Both grades, however, will remain on the student's permanent record. Withdrawals from the College A student who wishes to withdraw from the College during any term, must make application for this action in the Office of the Registrar. Failure to comply with this regulation may deprive a student of refund privileges and result in an F grade in all classes. Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the date the application was signed and returned to the Registrar's Office. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 37 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her program includes all requirements for graduation. Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan their college program as a whole as early as possible. A student who is in doubt about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with his or her academic advisor, the Registrar, or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the Committee on Academic Affairs. 38 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program This program is designed for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements for this degree are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below. The further requirements in a selected curriculum are recommended and the student should attempt to fulfill them. 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science Mathematics and Natural Sciences CREDIT HOURS COURSES 18 Bible Core 9 12 8-12 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 English 111, 112, 113 Business 200, 210 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation and Social Service courses All Mathematics or Natural Science courses except Mathematics 100, 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses. (One credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 39 Associate in Arts Degree: Sp.ecialized Program This program is designed for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized nature. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements for this degree are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum. 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science CREDIT HOURS COURSES 18 Bible Core 9 6 Mathematics and Natural Sciences 4 Creative Arts 3 Physical Education 3 English 111, 112, 113 All Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation and Social Service courses All Mathematics or Natural Science courses except Mathematics 100, 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses. (One credit only per varsity sport) 40 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE The Junior College Certificate This certificate will be awarded to those students who cornplete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy the requirements for an Associate in Arts Degree. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are: 1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible Course per term. 2. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 1.00. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. The One-Year Vocational Certificate This certificate will be awarded to those students who fulfill the following requirements: 1. Completion of 46 credits (including one Bible Course per quarter) with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C average). 2. Completion of the requirements for a selected curriculum. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 41 PROGRAMS OF STUDY Details of the curricula listed below are outlined on the pages which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity arises. A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. Basic Liberal Arts 2. Liberal Arts with concentration in Basic Science 3. Liberal Arts with concentration in Biblical and Theological Studies 4. Liberal Arts with concentration in Business Administration 5. Liberal Arts with concentration in Computer Science 6. Liberal Arts with concentration in courses for Specific Professions a. Agriculture b. Classics c. Corrective Therapy d. Dentistry e. Education - Elementary f. Education - Secondary g. Education - Special h. Forestry i. Law j. Medicine k. Music (Pre-Bachelor of Arts) I. Music (Pre-Bachelor of Music) m. Nursing n. Occupational Therapy o. Pharmacy p. Physical Education q. Physical Therapy r. Recreation Leadership B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program 1. Church Staff Work 2. Computer Training and Electronics Technican 3. Law Enforcement 4. Office Administration 5. Secretarial - General 6. Secretarial - Legal 7. Secretarial - Medical 8. Secretarial - Parish 9. Social Service 10. World Mission C. Curricula leading to the One-Year Vocational Certificate 1. General Secretarial 2. Legal Secretarial 3. Medical Secretarial 4. Office Administration 42 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE A. Curricula leading to The Associate in Arts Degree: liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. BASIC LIBERAL ARTS This curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college. The courses listed below fulfill the normal two-year general education requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree. Since many colleges require one or two years of foreign language or variations of work in some of the fields, the student and his or her advisor will make the relevant selections in relation to the student's future plans and the school to which a transfer is planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Speech Social Science 18 9 3 12 Mathematics and Natural Sciences Creative Arts 8-12 Physical Education 3 Foreign Language Electives 0-15 14-33 6 Bible Core English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 or 120 Business 200, 210 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation and Social Service courses All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses See department listings Courses in special field of interest 2. LIBERAL ARTS WITH CONCENTRATIONS IN BASIC SCIENCE This curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college for degrees in science or technology. The student, with the aid of his or her advisor, will make the relevant course selections in relation to his or her future plans and the school to which a transfer is planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Speech Social Science Mathematics and Natural Sciences 18 9 3 12 41-51 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 Foreign Language 0-12 Bible Core English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 or 120 Business 200, 210 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation and Social Service courses. Selections from Mathematics (except 100, 10